WO2021107128A1 - Cardboard material, packaging bag and packaging-bag sheet - Google Patents
Cardboard material, packaging bag and packaging-bag sheet Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021107128A1 WO2021107128A1 PCT/JP2020/044325 JP2020044325W WO2021107128A1 WO 2021107128 A1 WO2021107128 A1 WO 2021107128A1 JP 2020044325 W JP2020044325 W JP 2020044325W WO 2021107128 A1 WO2021107128 A1 WO 2021107128A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- corrugated cardboard
- packaging bag
- sheet
- main surface
- basis weight
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 249
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 title claims description 270
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 73
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 68
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 57
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 54
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 29
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 28
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000002788 crimping Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009459 flexible packaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008399 tap water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020679 tap water Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004831 Hot glue Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012149 noodles Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101100008046 Caenorhabditis elegans cut-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012785 packaging film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006280 packaging film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000452 restraining effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011265 semifinished product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
- B32B3/26—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
- B32B3/28—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer comprising a deformed thin sheet, i.e. the layer having its entire thickness deformed out of the plane, e.g. corrugated, crumpled
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65D—CONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
- B65D27/00—Envelopes or like essentially-rectangular containers for postal or other purposes having no structural provision for thickness of contents
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65D—CONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
- B65D65/00—Wrappers or flexible covers; Packaging materials of special type or form
- B65D65/02—Wrappers or flexible covers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a lightweight corrugated cardboard material having a smaller basis weight than a commonly used corrugated cardboard material, a packaging bag made of a corrugated cardboard sheet, and a sheet for this packaging bag.
- Patent Document 1 describes that the basis weight of the liner is 120 g / m 2 or less as an example of a lightweight corrugated cardboard material. According to this, by applying a paper strength strengthening agent to the liner before attaching the liner to the core, it is possible to improve the feel (handleability) when touched with a lightweight cardboard material. ..
- Patent Document 2 discloses a corrugated cardboard envelope made of a single corrugated cardboard sheet (corrugated cardboard material in the form of a single-wafer sheet). This corrugated cardboard envelope is provided with a gusset portion and an easily bendable line so that even a thick item can be inserted relatively easily.
- Patent Document 3 discloses a booklet envelope using a corrugated cardboard having a low step height, which is called a microflute corrugated cardboard. This booklet envelope has a hidden notch that is not exposed on the outer surface, and it is said that the used envelope can be easily cut by hand.
- Lightweight cardboard materials are expected to be used in various ways, such as box-making applications for assembling cardboard boxes, envelope-shaped packaging products for wrapping articles such as letter packs, and wrapping materials. ing.
- the corrugated cardboard sheet has a higher cushioning performance than the solid cardboard (cardboard)
- the item (contents) moves inside the packaging bag, it is formed of the corrugated cardboard sheet.
- Even a corrugated cardboard packaging bag may not be able to adequately protect the contents.
- the corrugated cardboard envelope described in Patent Document 2 is a technique focusing on widening the opening when a thick item is inserted into the envelope, and is improved from the viewpoint of restraining and protecting the contents. There is room.
- the shape of the contents is not constant, it is desirable to be able to flexibly pack various shapes.
- Patent Document 3 states that it is free to provide a mark indicating the position of the cut line, but if the user cannot grasp that this mark is a mark for opening, there is a risk that the opening operation will take time. is there.
- one of the primary purposes is to improve the usability in various usage forms while reducing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material.
- Another object of the second purpose is to provide a packaging bag and a sheet for a packaging bag that can flexibly pack contents of various shapes.
- one of the third purposes is to enable the user to easily open the packaging bag. It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to these purposes, and is an action and effect derived from each configuration shown in the “mode for carrying out the invention” described later, and exerts an action and effect that cannot be obtained by the conventional technique. It can be positioned as another purpose.
- the corrugated cardboard material disclosed here is a corrugated cardboard material using double-sided corrugated cardboard in which liners are attached to both sides of the core.
- This corrugated cardboard material has a basis weight of 90 in the liner under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. It has a configuration of [g / m 2 ] or less and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
- the packaging bag disclosed here seals two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and an opening formed by the two main surface portions.
- a packaging bag provided with a flap and formed of a corrugated cardboard sheet, wherein at least one main surface portion includes a main surface portion, each of the side flaps, and each continuous portion of the flaps and the main surface portion. It is provided with a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in the continuous portion between the two.
- the flexible ruled line includes three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
- the packaging bag sheet disclosed here includes two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and the two main surface portions.
- a packaging bag sheet comprising a corrugated cardboard sheet, comprising a flap for sealing the opening formed in the above, wherein the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps are provided on at least one of the main surface portions. It is provided with a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion of the above and the continuous portion between the main surface portions.
- the flexible ruled line includes three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
- the packaging bag disclosed here seals two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and an opening formed by the two main surface portions.
- a packaging bag provided with a flap and a corrugated cardboard sheet, and a broken structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended. It has.
- the packaging bag sheet disclosed here includes two connected main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and the two main surface portions.
- a packaging bag sheet made of a corrugated cardboard sheet provided with a flap for sealing the opening formed by the corrugated cardboard sheet, and the cut portions penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently connected to form a linear shape. It has an extended break structure for opening.
- the corrugated cardboard material disclosed in (1) above it is possible to secure the performance (flexibility) of maintaining the folded state while reducing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material. Therefore, it is possible to provide a lightweight corrugated cardboard material that is easy to use in various usage forms.
- the flute is easily bent in three directions other than the extending direction of the flute, which is originally easy to bend, so that the flexibility can be enhanced. As a result, contents of various shapes can be flexibly packed.
- the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet disclosed in (4) and (5) above since the broken structure can be visually recognized from the outside of the packaging bag, the user can easily open the packaging bag.
- FIG. 3 is a plan view (developed view of the packaging bag) of the packaging bag sheet having a different eye direction from that of FIG. It is a plan view (development view of the packaging bag) of the packaging bag sheet having a different outer shape from the packaging bag sheet of FIG. It is a top view (development view of the packaging bag) of the sheet for the packaging bag which concerns on another modification.
- corrugated cardboard material is not limited to, for example, a general corrugated cardboard material using a liner conforming to JIS 3902: 2011 standard and a core conforming to JIS 3904: 2011 standard, and is not limited to general corrugated cardboard material. In a broad sense, it includes lightweight corrugated cardboard with a smaller basis weight and corrugated cardboard with creases in advance.
- the corrugated cardboard material is placed on a horizontal plane by giving an example in which the following directions I and II correspond as shown in Table 1 below.
- -Direction I Direction in the corrugated cardboard placed on the horizontal plane
- -Direction II Direction in the semi-finished product in the middle of manufacturing the cardboard material
- the vertical direction (first direction, marked as "CD” in the figure) and the horizontal direction (second direction, marked as “MD” in the figure) are horizontal directions and along the sheet (crease). The direction in which the plane extends. These vertical and horizontal directions are orthogonal to each other.
- the height direction (third direction, indicated by "TD” in the figure) is a direction along the vertical direction and is orthogonal to both the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. This height direction corresponds to the direction in which the sheets are overlapped.
- the MD (Machine Direction) direction is also referred to as a "flow direction", and is a direction in which the process of manufacturing a corrugated cardboard material and the process of a box making system using a corrugated cardboard material progress from upstream to downstream.
- the CD (Cross Direction) direction is a direction orthogonal to the MD direction in a plane along the MD direction.
- the TD (Transverse Direction) direction is a direction orthogonal to both the MD direction and the CD direction.
- the expression "numerical value X to numerical value Y" in this embodiment means a range of numerical value X or more and numerical value Y or less.
- the corrugated cardboard material is a material using corrugated cardboard in which a liner is attached to a corrugated core.
- the cardboard material is used as an envelope-shaped bag (packaging body) such as a letter pack, or as a box-making material (packaging body) assembled in a cardboard box.
- envelope-shaped bag such as a letter pack
- box-making material packing body
- the front liner 100a and the back liner 100b are bonded to both sides of the core 100c.
- the front liner 100a forms the surface of the corrugated cardboard material 100 (front noodles: corresponding to the surface facing one side in the thickness direction).
- the back liner 100b forms the back surface of the corrugated cardboard material 100 (Uramen: corresponding to the surface facing the other side in the thickness direction).
- the core 100c constitutes the corrugated cardboard stage 110 (wave), and forms a corrugated structure between the liners 100a and 100b. If the core 100c has an ideal shape, the cross section (that is, the step 110) along the lateral direction and the height direction has a sinusoidal shape.
- the above-mentioned double-sided cardboard includes a single flute cardboard composed of three base papers (materials) corresponding to one core 100c and two liners 100a and 100b, as well as so-called “double-sided cardboard” and "double-sided cardboard". It also includes multi-flute cardboard composed of five or more base papers corresponding to each of two or more cores and two liners and one or more medium liners, such as "double-sided cardboard".
- a corrugated cardboard material composed of double-sided corrugated cardboard of a single flute will be mainly exemplified.
- Various flutes such as A flute, B flute, C flute, AB flute, and AC flute can be adopted for the above-mentioned double-sided cardboard.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 is a bellows-folded box-making material in which a rectangular sheet is folded in continuous corrugated cardboard is taken as an example.
- the cardboard material 100 is made into a box, it becomes a cardboard box.
- the bellows-folded corrugated cardboard material 100 used as the box-making material of the box-making system has a feed process in which sheets are sequentially fed, a cutting process in which the delivered sheets are cut out in a box development pattern, and a box.
- the box is manufactured in a cardboard box through various processes such as a folding process in which the product is folded into the shape of.
- the box-making system for assembling the cardboard box is not particularly limited, but for example, the fully automatic system of the automatic packaging system "Carton Wrap 1000 manufactured by CMC", “CVP-500 manufactured by Neopost", and “OS Machinery Co., Ltd.””TXP-600” manufactured by TXP-600, “EM7 manufactured by Pack Size” and “Compaq manufactured by Panotec”, which are semi-automatic systems, can be used.
- the bellows-folded corrugated cardboard material 100 is a rectangular parallelepiped box-making material.
- the continuous rectangular sheet 102 (partially marked in FIG. 2) is folded back at the crease F (only partly coded in FIG. 2), and the folded sheet 102 is folded back. Stacked in the height direction.
- a plurality of folds F extend linearly along the vertical direction on a pair of side surfaces along both the vertical direction and the height direction.
- First sheet 121 Sheet 102 continuous to one side of the second sheet 122
- Second sheet 122 Sheet 102 continuous with both the first sheet 121 and the third sheet 123
- Third sheet 123 Sheet 102 continuous with the other side of the second sheet 122
- the first fold F1 is provided between the first sheet 121 and the second sheet 122, and the sheets 121 and 122 are continuous via the first fold F1.
- a second fold F2 is provided between the second sheet 122 and the third sheet 123, and the sheets 122 and 123 are continuous via the second fold F2.
- the first fold F1 is a fold F in which the second sheet 122 is folded back toward one side (right side in FIG. 1) with respect to the first sheet 121, and the other side in the corrugated cardboard material 100 (the other side in the lateral direction (right side in FIG. 1)). It is arranged on the left side in FIG.
- the second fold F2 is a fold F in which the third sheet 123 is folded back toward the other side in the lateral direction (left in FIG. 1) with respect to the second sheet 122, and the second fold F2 is one in the lateral direction (one in the corrugated cardboard material 100). It is arranged on the right side in FIG.
- the corrugated cardboard step 110 (in FIG. 1, only the front edge is marked) extends to the first end edge E 1 extending in the lateral direction (the direction intersecting the crease F). Waves) are exposed.
- the cardboard is provided on the second edge E 2 extending in the lateral direction (the direction intersecting the crease F) (in FIG. 1, only the front edge is marked). The step 110 is exposed.
- the sheet pair 120 composed of the first sheet 121 and the second sheet 122, the first end edge E 1 and the second end edge E 2 are arranged adjacent to each other in the height direction.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 having the above-mentioned folding structure can be folded into a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the corrugated cardboard sheet 102 can be made into a compact packaging.
- the fold F is provided along the corrugated cardboard step 110.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 having a step 10 perpendicular to the MD direction is manufactured.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 is preferably wrapped (wrapped) with a packaging film in order to prevent stains and collapse of the load.
- the size of the corrugated cardboard material 100 is determined from the following dimensions L1 to L3.
- -Vertical dimension L1 Vertical dimension (first dimension) -Horizontal dimension
- L2 Horizontal dimension (second dimension) -Height dimension
- L3 Dimension in the height direction (third dimension)
- the number of folds F in the corrugated cardboard material 100 is N [sheets]
- the number of sheets 102 is N + 1 [sheets].
- the N + 1 [stage] sheets 102 are overlapped on the cardboard material 100.
- the number of stages of the corrugated cardboard material 100 for example, various stages of 10 to 1000 [stages] can be mentioned.
- the parameters may be measured partially (for example, a portion divided into parts or a set area).
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a structure related to properties, based on the viewpoint of improving usability in various usage forms while reducing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material 100. Specifically, it has a predetermined configuration regarding properties based on at least one of the viewpoints I and II listed below.
- -Viewpoint I Ensuring flexibility in the folded state
- Viewpoint II Ensuring cushioning when the article is packaged
- the above "flexibility" corresponds to the flexibility of the corrugated cardboard material 100. It can be said that the corrugated cardboard material 100 has a property of being easily maintained in a folded state.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 When the flexibility is "good", the corrugated cardboard material 100 is easily bent, and the folded state of the corrugated cardboard material 100 is easily maintained. If the flexibility is "insufficient”, it is difficult to bend the corrugated cardboard material 100, and it is difficult to maintain the folded state of the corrugated cardboard material 100.
- the above-mentioned “buffering property” is a property of cushioning the impact by the corrugated cardboard material 100. This "buffering property” can also be said to be the protective property of the article packaged in the cardboard material 100. If the cushioning property is “good”, the corrugated cardboard material 100 can easily absorb the impact, and the article packaged in the corrugated cardboard material 100 can be easily protected. If the cushioning property is "insufficient”, it is difficult for the cardboard material 100 to cushion the impact, and it is difficult to protect the article packaged in the cardboard material 100.
- the predetermined configurations corresponding to the above viewpoints I and II and tasks I and II include at least one of the following configurations a and b.
- -Structure a Includes the following configurations 1 and 2-Configuration 1: Liner basis weight is less than or equal to the first upper limit value-Configuration 2: Core basis weight is less than or equal to the second upper limit b: Includes the following configurations 3 and 4 ⁇ Configuration 3: Must be the above configuration 1 ⁇ Configuration 4: Planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range
- the configuration a includes "configuration 1 in which the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value” and “configuration 2 in which the basis weight of the core is equal to or less than the second upper limit value”.
- the “liner basis weight” of configuration 1 includes the basis weight of the front liner 100a and the basis weight of the back liner 100b.
- the “core basis weight” of configuration 2 is the basis weight of the core 100c.
- Base weight is a parameter representing the weight of the base paper per sheet, and is expressed by the number of grams [g / m 2 ] per square meter of the base paper.
- the inventors of the present application have found that if the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value and the basis weight of the core is equal to or less than the second upper limit value, the above-mentioned problem I tends to be suppressed. .. Conversely, it has been found that the corrugated cardboard material 100 having a liner basis weight larger than the first upper limit value and a core basis weight basis larger than the second upper limit value tends to cause problem I. That is, the corrugated cardboard material 100 is provided with the configuration a based on the above-mentioned viewpoint I.
- the first upper limit is 90 [g / m 2 ], preferably 87 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 85 [g / m 2 ].
- the second upper limit is 150 [g / m 2 ], preferably 130 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 110 [g / m 2 ].
- the basis weight of the liner is at least the first lower limit value, or the basis weight of the core is at least the second lower limit value.
- the first lower limit is 35 [g / m 2 ], preferably 37 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 45 [g / m 2 ].
- the second lower limit is 45 [g / m 2 ], preferably 47 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 55 [g / m 2 ].
- the basis weight of a general corrugated cardboard liner conforming to JIS 3902: 2011 standard is 170 [g / m 2 ] or more for LA class and LB class, and 160 [g / m 2 ] or more for LC class.
- the basis weight of a general corrugated cardboard core conforming to JIS 3904: 2011 standard is 180 [g / m 2 ] or more for MA class and 120 [g / m 2 ] or more for MB class. It is 110 [g / m 2 ] or more in MC class. Therefore, it can be said that the corrugated cardboard material 100 having the above configuration a is lighter than the general corrugated cardboard material.
- the weight of the corrugated cardboard material 100 is calculated by multiplying the above basis weight by the vertical dimension L1 and the horizontal dimension L2 and the number of steps N + 1 of the sheet 2.
- Configuration b includes “configuration 3 in which the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value” and “configuration 4 in which the planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range”.
- the configuration 3 is the same configuration as the configuration 1 described with respect to the configuration a.
- the "planar compressive strength" of the configuration 4 is the strength when the sheet 102 (cardboard material 100) is compressed in the thickness direction (height direction, TD direction), and is a parameter corresponding to the crush resistance of the cardboard material 100. Is.
- the present inventors have found that if the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value and the planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range, the above-mentioned Problem II tends to be suppressed. Conversely, it was found that the corrugated cardboard material 100 having a basis weight of the liner larger than the first upper limit value and the corrugated cardboard material 100 whose plane compressive strength is outside the predetermined strength range tend to cause the problem II. It was. That is, the corrugated cardboard material 100 is provided with the configuration b based on the above-mentioned viewpoint II.
- planar compressive strength is less than the predetermined strength range, it is presumed that the strength of the corrugated cardboard material 100 becomes insufficient and the impact cannot be absorbed when an impact is applied from the outside, leading to Problem II. ..
- the planar compressive strength exceeds a predetermined strength range, the strength (stiffness) of the corrugated cardboard material 100 increases, and the impact applied from the outside is transmitted to the article to be packaged without being absorbed. , It is presumed that it will lead to Problem II.
- the planar compressive strength is within the strength range, even if the basis weight of the liner is larger than the first upper limit value, the strength (stiffness) of the liner becomes large and the impact applied from the outside is not absorbed. It is presumed that it will be transmitted to the article to be packaged and cause problem II.
- the "first upper limit value" of the configuration 3 is the same as the “first upper limit value” of the configuration described with respect to the above configuration a. Specifically, the first upper limit value is 90 [g / m 2 ], preferably 87 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 85 [g / m 2 ].
- the "predetermined strength range" of the configuration 4 is preferably 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, 230 [N] or more and 980 [N] or less, and preferably 250 [N] or less. ] Or more, and more preferably 960 [N] or less.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a configuration a in which the upper limit of the basis weight of the liner is the first upper limit value and the upper limit of the basis weight of the core is the second upper limit value. It is possible to secure flexibility when folded back while suppressing the weight.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a configuration b in which the upper limit of the basis weight of the liner is the first upper limit value and the planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range. Since the cardboard material 100 is provided, the cushioning property can be ensured while suppressing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material 100.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a folding structure (bellows folding), and the upper limit of the basis weight of the liner is the first upper limit value and the upper limit of the basis weight of the core is the second upper limit value. Since the configuration a is provided, flexibility can be ensured while suppressing the weight.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 according to (1) to (3) of the present item [3] it is possible to provide a lightweight corrugated cardboard material having improved usability in various usage forms.
- the cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment is suitable as a material used for packaging products such as letter packs.
- the corrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment is suitable as a box-making material for a box-making system.
- the measurement corrugated cardboard material is a double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet and has the following size. ⁇ Size: Vertical dimension 1300 [mm], Horizontal dimension 1150 [mm], Height dimension 1800 [mm]
- the corrugated cardboard material to be measured was manufactured using a corrugator having a stepped roll of the specifications shown below.
- the basis weight of the liner (base paper) made of the corrugated cardboard material is measured by the following procedures ya to yf.
- -Procedure ya Immerse the measurement cardboard material in tap water for 15 [minutes].
- -Procedure yb The liner and core of the measurement cardboard material immersed in procedure ya are peeled off by hand. If the liner or core is torn or torn during peeling, prepare a new measurement cardboard material, perform the work from step ya again, and continue until it can be peeled off cleanly.
- -Procedure yc The liner peeled off in the procedure yb is dried in a dryer at 105 [° C.] for 20 [minutes].
- -Procedure yd The liner dried in the procedure yc is cut into a size of 250 [mm] x 400 [mm].
- -Procedure yd' In some cases, the sample obtained in the procedure yd is pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. May be good.
- -Procedure yes In the temperature and humidity environment of procedure yd', the weight of the liner obtained in the main order yd or the procedure yd' is measured with an electronic balance.
- -Procedure yf The weight measured in the procedure y is converted into the weight per unit square meter [g / m 2].
- the basis weight of the core (base paper) forming the corrugated cardboard material is measured by the following procedure za to zg.
- -Procedure za Immerse the measurement cardboard material in tap water for 15 [minutes].
- -Procedure zb The liner, core and hand of the measurement cardboard material immersed in procedure z are peeled off by hand. If the liner or core is torn or torn during peeling, prepare a new measurement cardboard material, perform the work from step ya again, and continue until it can be peeled off cleanly.
- -Procedure zc The core peeled off in procedure zb is dried in a dryer at 105 [° C.] for 20 [minutes].
- -Procedure ze Cut out the core to a size of 250 [mm] x 400 [mm]. If the corrugated structure remains, cut it out to this size while stretching the wave.
- the obtained sample is pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
- -Procedure zf Under the temperature and humidity conditions of procedure ze, the weight of the core obtained in procedure ze is measured with an electronic balance.
- -Procedure zg The weight measured in procedure zf is converted into the weight per unit square meter [g / m 2 ].
- the basis weight of the liner and core that make up the measured corrugated cardboard material is the basis weight of the base paper that makes up the material of the measured corrugated cardboard material, even if the same base paper is used as the measurement target.
- the value can fluctuate by about ⁇ 10 [%].
- planar compressive strength is a parameter corresponding to the resistance to crushing of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This planar compressive strength was measured by the following procedures A1 to A4.
- -Procedure A1 When the total number of stages M of the measured corrugated cardboard material is odd, the upper and lower five stages of the sheet are collected based on the rounded stage (that is, the middle stage) of half the number of stages M / 2. When collecting the test pieces, care was taken not to crush the steps. When the total number of stages M is an even number, the sheets for the upper and lower five stages are collected based on the half number of stages [(M / 2) + 1].
- -Procedure A2 A circular test piece having a diameter of 6.4 [cm] is cut out from the 10 [sheets] sheet collected in the procedure A1.
- -Procedure A3 Measure the planar compressive strength of the test piece cut out in step A2 under the following compliant standards, measuring equipment, test speed and parallelism measurement conditions.
- the parallelism represents the degree of parallelism above and below the jig for plane compression.
- the test piece in which the following crease is made in the circular test piece cut out in step A2 Two types of test pieces were prepared, one with "creases") and the other without creases ("without creases").
- -Fold Passes through the center of the circular test piece and extends along the direction of the step.
- the planar compressive strength of each of the two types of test pieces, the test piece (“with creases”) and the test piece (“without creases”) is measured.
- -Procedure Aa The examiner manually folds the test piece cut out in the above procedure A2 at the fold position.
- -Procedure Ab Place the test piece created in step Aa on a flat surface, apply the following crimping equipment to the creases, and place the crimping equipment at the creases at a speed of about 10 [mm / s]. Make it go back and forth. Then, the test piece is left for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
- -Procedure B1 When the total number of stages M of the measured corrugated cardboard material is odd, the upper and lower five stages of the sheet are collected based on the rounded stage (that is, the middle stage) of half the number of stages M / 2. When collecting the test pieces, care was taken not to crush the steps. When the total number of stages M is an even number, the sheets for the upper and lower five stages are collected based on the half number of stages [(M / 2) + 1].
- -Procedure B2 A test piece having dimensions and shapes according to the following conforming standards is cut out from the 10 [sheets] sheet collected in step B1. In this test piece, the steps are oriented parallel to the vertical direction of the test piece.
- -Procedure B3 Measure the vertical compressive strength of the test piece cut out in step B2 with the following compliant standard and measuring equipment. > Compliant standard: JIS Z 0403-2: 1999 > Measuring equipment: Compression tester (manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd., RTF1350) -Procedure B4: From the vertical compressive strength measured in step B3, the numerical value that could be a disturbance (factor) that reduces the accuracy of the measurement result was excluded, and the average value was taken as the planar compressive strength.
- test pieces that comply with the compliant standard (“no creases”) and the test pieces that comply with the compliant standard are listed below.
- Two types of test pieces were prepared, one with the test piece with the crease (“with crease”).
- -Fold Extends (vertically) along the direction of the step through the center of the test piece in the horizontal direction. In the corrugated cardboard material, the vertical compressive strength of each of the two types of test pieces, the test piece (“with creases”) and the test piece (“without creases”), is measured.
- the above creases are made in the test piece between steps B2 and B3 in the same procedure as in steps Aa to Ac. That is, the test piece is folded at the above-mentioned fold position, and the tape crimping roller (manual) is reciprocated twice at the fold position at a speed of about 10 [mm / s], and the temperature is 23 [° C.] and the humidity is 50 [%]. After leaving the test piece for 24 hours under the temperature and humidity conditions of the above, the creases of the test piece (with creases) are opened, and then the vertical compression strength of the test piece (with creases) is measured.
- Step C1 Measure 30 [sheets] of rectangular sheet pieces with the following dimensions are randomly cut from the corrugated cardboard material. The cut sheet piece is called a "measurement sheet".
- the direction of the steps on the measurement sheet shall be parallel to the following horizontal sides. > Vertical dimension (vertical dimension): 340 [mm] > Horizontal side dimensions (horizontal dimensions): 248 [mm]
- Step C2 A double-sided tape having a width of 20 [mm] is attached along one of the pair of horizontal sides of the measurement sheet.
- Step C3 On the measurement sheet, make a ruled line parallel to the step (parallel to the horizontal side) at a position 50 [mm] from the extending end of one of the horizontal sides toward the center of the measurement sheet. .. Then, starting from the ruled line, one side side of the measurement sheet is folded back 180 [°] in the direction orthogonal to the ruled line on the surface along the ruled line, and the measurement sheet is folded at the location of the ruled line.
- Step C4 Place the folded measurement sheet obtained in step C3 on a flat surface, apply the following crimping device to the folded part (ruled line part), and place the crimping device at the folded part at about 10 [mm / s]. ], And press the folded measurement sheet with a uniform force.
- Crimping equipment Product name "Tape crimping roller (manual)", manufactured by Yasuda Seiki Seisakusho, product number No. 349, roller mass: 1 [kg]
- Step C5 The measurement sheet crimped in step C4 is left for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of temperature 23 [° C.] and humidity 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000, and then peeled off by crimping double-sided tape.
- the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the flexibility is evaluated.
- a good evaluation of " ⁇ " or higher was obtained.
- the basis weight of the core of the B flute was 110 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the best evaluation of “ ⁇ ” was obtained.
- the basis weight of the core of the B flute was 120 [g / m 2 ], and the evaluation of “ ⁇ ” was obtained, which was inferior to that of Examples 1 to 6, 8, 14, and 15.
- Examples 12 and 13 are double flutes, and are evaluated as “ ⁇ ”, which are inferior to Examples 2, 10 and 11 of single flutes in which the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner and the basis weight of the core are common. It was.
- Example 16 the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], but the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2]. ] The following was obtained, and an evaluation of " ⁇ " was obtained in the evaluation of flexibility. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2 ]. , A poor evaluation of "x" was obtained in the evaluation of flexibility.
- the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g]. If it is less than / m 2 ], it is presumed that the corrugated cardboard material to be measured is easily bent, the repulsive force against the folding is small in the folded state, the tape is hard to peel off, and it is easy to maintain the folded state.
- Step D1 Measure 2 [sheets] of rectangular sheet pieces with the following dimensions are randomly cut from the corrugated cardboard material.
- the cut 2 [sheets] are referred to as "measurement sheet piece A" and "measurement sheet piece B".
- the measurement sheet piece A and the measurement sheet piece B have the same dimensions.
- Step D2 The following rectangular glass plate is sandwiched between the measurement sheet piece A and the measurement sheet piece B so that there is no gap, and the measurement sheet piece A, the glass plate, and the measurement sheet piece B are laminated in this order.
- sample body that has been created.
- double-sided tape is attached to each of the four sides of the front surface and the back surface of the glass plate, the measurement sheet piece A is attached to one side of both sides of the glass plate, and the measurement sheet piece B is attached to the other side. Will be done.
- the prepared sample body is left to stand for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%].
- Step D3 The sample body prepared in step D2 is placed on the steel plate with the measurement sheet piece A or the measurement sheet piece B facing upward.
- Step D4 Set the following steel balls at a height of 30 [cm] from the surface (upward facing surface) of the sample body placed on the steel plate in step D3, and place the following steel balls on the sample body from a stationary state without applying force. Drop the steel ball on.
- the steel ball is set so as to be dropped (attacked) on the surface of the sample body within a range of a distance of 25 [mm] or less from the center.
- Steel balls Steel balls for ball bearings (SUJ2G100, manufactured by Tsubaki Nakashima Co., Ltd.) -Dimensions: Diameter 40 [mm] -Weight: 263 [g]
- Step D5 The damage state of the glass plate and the dent on the surface of the measuring sheet piece (the dent on the surface facing upward in the sample body) are visually confirmed by the attack of step D4.
- the broken state of the glass plate includes cracks and scratches on the glass plate.
- Step D6 The tests of steps D1 to D5 are carried out 10 [times] to evaluate the cushioning property of the measured dumbbell material.
- the above buffer property was evaluated according to the following criteria. ⁇ ⁇ : No damage to the glass plate or dents on the surface of the corrugated cardboard material are confirmed. - ⁇ : No damage to the glass plate was confirmed, but surface dents were confirmed 1 [times] or more. - ⁇ : Scratches were confirmed on the glass plate 1 [times] or more. -X: Cracks were confirmed on the glass plate 1 [times] or more.
- the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the planar compressive strength is 210 [g / m 2] regardless of whether there is a crease or not. It was N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, and a good evaluation of “ ⁇ ” or more was obtained in the evaluation of the compressive property. In particular, in Examples 5 to 9, the plane compressive strength of the B flute was 500 [N] or more, and the best evaluation of “ ⁇ ” was obtained.
- the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N] or larger than 1000 [N] in both cases with and without creases.
- a poor evaluation of " ⁇ " or less was obtained in the evaluation of compressive strength.
- the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is 45 [g]. It was smaller than / m 2 ], and the worst evaluation of "x" was obtained in the evaluation of compressive strength.
- Example 16 and Comparative Example 17 the plane compressive strength is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less in both cases with and without creases, but the basis weight of the table liner or the table liner.
- the basis weight of the back liner was larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], and a poor evaluation of “ ⁇ ” or less was obtained in the evaluation of cushioning property.
- the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N] in both cases with and without creases, the measured corrugated cardboard material is crushed by an external impact and the impact can be mitigated. It is presumed that the cushioning property will be insufficient.
- the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ]. It is presumed that the strength of the core decreases and the cushioning property becomes insufficient.
- the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the planar compressive strength has creases. In any case without creases, if it is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, it is presumed that the impact from the outside is absorbed by the measurement cardboard material and the cushioning property is improved. Therefore, if the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less and the planar compressive strength is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, it can be said that the cushioning property of the measured corrugated cardboard material is secured.
- Transportability-- A transportable ball test was carried out on each of the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 to evaluate the transportability.
- "Transportability” is an evaluation standard corresponding to the quality of the posture when the measured corrugated cardboard material is transported in the box making system (automatic packaging machine).
- the corrugated cardboard material is used as the material of the box making system, the measured corrugated cardboard material is transported to the downstream side in the flow direction by the nip roll provided in the transport path after being unfolded and unwound in the feeding process in the box making system. Will be done.
- This nip roll sends the measured corrugated cardboard material to the downstream side while sandwiching it from both sides in the thickness direction (TD direction) of the sheet at a predetermined pressure. Therefore, if the posture of the measured corrugated cardboard material when it is transported on the transport path becomes unstable, the measured corrugated cardboard material tends to meander and be transported in the flow direction.
- the transportability test was carried out in the following procedures E1 to E3 by preparing one measurement cardboard material for each of Examples 1 to 14 and Comparative Examples 14 to 19.
- Step E1 Mark each position separated by 650 [mm] from the center in the width direction (CD direction corresponding to the vertical direction of the measured cardboard material) to one side and the other side in the width direction with the nip roll of the automatic packaging machine.
- Step E2 Align both ends of the measured corrugated cardboard material in the vertical direction at the positions marked in step E1 and pass the measured corrugated cardboard material through the automatic packaging machine.
- Step E3 The number of times the corrugated cardboard material has passed through the nip roll and then meandered to 10 [mm] or more in the direction away from the central portion from the marking position is counted.
- the automatic packaging machine is stopped and manually adjusted so that each of both ends of the corrugated cardboard material in the vertical direction is aligned with the marking position. After the adjustment, the automatic packaging machine is operated to restart the transportation of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This operation is repeated until one measurement cardboard material is completely conveyed.
- the number of meanders measured by the transportability test is evaluated according to the following criteria. ⁇ : Meandering was not confirmed 1 [times] ⁇ : Meandering was confirmed 1 [times] ⁇ : Meandering was confirmed 2 [times] to 4 [times] ⁇ : Meandering was confirmed 5 [times] or more was done
- the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m]. 2 ] or more and 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and a good evaluation of “ ⁇ ” or more was obtained for transportability.
- Comparative Examples 17 to 19 whether the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are larger than 90 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2]. At least one of them was applicable, and a good evaluation of " ⁇ " or higher was obtained for transportability.
- the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2]. A bad evaluation of "x" was obtained.
- the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, but the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], and a poor evaluation of “x” is obtained for transportability. Was done.
- the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the basis weight of the core is 35 [g / m 2] or more. If it is 45 [g / m 2 ] or more, it is presumed that the posture in which the measured corrugated cardboard material is taught is stable by the nip roll, and the measured corrugated cardboard material is less likely to meander in the flow direction.
- the measurement cardboard material is conveyed in the transfer system. It can be said that the sex is improved.
- the cardboard box to be evaluated is a box in which the following evaluation cardboard pieces are assembled by hand.
- the evaluation cardboard piece is a cardboard piece cut out by a cut line straddling the crease of the measurement cardboard material.
- the box assembled from this evaluation cardboard piece has a crease on any side of the box. This box is called a "folded cardboard box”.
- the cardboard box is made by hand.
- the cut cardboard pieces were folded at a predetermined ruled line, attached with a hot melt adhesive, and boxed.
- the method of assembling the evaluation cardboard pieces by the box-making system is the same regardless of whether the evaluation cardboard pieces are assembled by hand or by the box-making system. Therefore, it can be said that the box-making property of the evaluation cardboard piece assembled by hand correlates with the box-making property of the evaluation cardboard piece assembled by the box-making system.
- the "evaluation cardboard piece” is a box-making test piece in which the measurement cardboard material is punched into the following shape and size with a sample cutter (CF2-1218 manufactured by Mimaki Engineering Co., Ltd.).
- -Shape Pattern in which the A-type cardboard box is unfolded
- -Size Width dimension of the side plate of the A-type cardboard box 170 [mm], Width dimension of the end plate of the A type cardboard box 255 [mm], Height dimension of A type cardboard box 350 [mm]
- the type A cardboard box created by using the above-mentioned evaluation cardboard pieces is roughly classified into the following two types ⁇ and ⁇ according to the position where the crease enters.
- Aspect ⁇ There is a crease in the center of the side plate on either of the two surfaces of the side plate. The center of the side plate is located 85 [mm] from the edge of the side plate. Folds extend along the height of the box.
- Aspect ⁇ There is a crease in the center of the end plate on either of the two surfaces of the end plate. The center of the end plate is at a position of 127.5 [mm] from the edge of the end plate. Folds extend along the height of the box.
- F1 Put the following weight with a weight of 5 [kg] in the A-type cardboard box created using the evaluation cardboard pieces, attach it to the bottom with hot melt adhesive, and seal it. Make sure that the entire bottom of the box is loaded.
- Weight Put tap water 5 [L] into a plastic bag (product number: VX29-HCL, dimensions: width 520 [mm], length 600 [mm], thickness 0.02 [mm], manufactured by Nippon Sanipack Co., Ltd.) However, I made it by squeezing the bag so that water would not spill.
- -Procedure F2 Prepare 5 [pieces] of cardboard boxes in step F1 and stack 5 [pieces] of cardboard boxes in 5 [stages] so that there is no misalignment. That is, a load of about 20 [kg] is applied to the bottom cardboard box.
- -Procedure F3 Let stand for 24 hours in the state of procedure F2, and visually check the state of the bottom cardboard box.
- -Procedure F4 Procedures F1 to F3 are carried out 100 [times] for each cardboard box of aspects ⁇ and ⁇ .
- the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m]. It was 2 ] or more and 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and a good evaluation of “ ⁇ ” or more was obtained for the resistance to crushing after box making. In Comparative Examples 17 to 19, whether the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are larger than 90 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2]. At least one of them was applicable, and a good evaluation of " ⁇ " or higher was obtained for the resistance to crushing after box making.
- the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ], and after box making.
- a bad evaluation of "x" was obtained for the difficulty of crushing.
- the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, but the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2]. A bad evaluation was obtained.
- the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the basis weight of the core is 35 [g / m 2] or more.
- it is 45 [g / m 2 ] or more, it can be said that the strength (load bearing capacity) of the corrugated cardboard box using the measured corrugated cardboard material can be ensured.
- the liner base paper and core base paper used for the above-mentioned corrugated cardboard material and measurement cardboard material are not limited to the products having the product numbers mentioned in the examples, and the liner base paper produced by the method for manufacturing a corrugated board liner of Japanese Patent No. 6213364 and JP-A-2017.
- a core base paper produced by the method for producing a corrugated cardboard base paper of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. -218721 may be used.
- the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet as the second embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings.
- the following second embodiment is merely an example, and there is no intention of excluding the application of various modifications and techniques not specified in this second embodiment.
- Each configuration of the second embodiment described below can be variously modified and implemented without departing from the purpose thereof. In addition, it can be selected as needed, or can be combined as appropriate.
- FIG. 3 is a plan view (expanded view of the packaging bag 1) showing the packaging bag sheet 9 before assembling the packaging bag 1 according to the second embodiment
- FIG. 4 is the assembly of the packaging bag sheet 9 of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the packaging bag 1 which can be made.
- the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment is formed by assembling a packaging bag sheet 9 made of one corrugated cardboard sheet (for example, a letter pack).
- the packaging bag sheet 9 in FIG. 3 is shown in a direction in which the outer surface of the packaging bag 1 can be seen (the outer surface is on the front side of the paper surface).
- the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3 is also referred to as an “unfolded state of the packaging bag 1”, and the state of the packaging bag 1 shown in FIG. 4 is also referred to as an “assembled state”.
- the corrugated cardboard sheet of the second embodiment is a double-sided corrugated cardboard (for example, a single flute corrugated cardboard) sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of a corrugated core 6 (see part A in FIG. 3). It is a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet with a smaller basis weight than a general corrugated cardboard sheet. Such a corrugated cardboard sheet having a small basis weight is also called a "lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet", and is particularly preferably used because it is lighter than a general corrugated cardboard sheet and has the characteristics of being soft and flexibly deformed.
- the lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet of the second embodiment is a liner in a state where it has been pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
- the basis weight of the core 6 is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core 6 is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
- the lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet for example, the corrugated cardboard material 100 described in the first embodiment (corrugated cardboard material 100 in the form of a single-wafer sheet) can be applied.
- the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment can be deformed more flexibly by using a highly flexible lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet as a material.
- part A in FIG. 3 indicates the direction Df in which the flute of the core 6 extends.
- the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3 at least one set of opposite sides coincides with the extending direction Df of the flute.
- the extension direction Df of the flute is referred to as the "eye direction Df" of the corrugated cardboard sheet. Since the eye direction Df extends in a predetermined direction (one direction) of the corrugated cardboard sheet, the corrugated cardboard sheet is easily bent in the direction along the eye direction Df.
- one side of the eye direction Df bottom side of the packaging bag 1) is referred to as the “bottom side”
- the other side of the eye direction Df opening side of the packaging bag 1 is defined as the “bottom side”. Let it be the "opening side”.
- the packaging bag sheet 9 (packaging bag 1 in the unfolded state) has a front surface (front noodle) portion 2 and a back surface portion 3, two side flaps 4, and one flap. 5 and.
- the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment relates to a straight line C (hereinafter referred to as “center line C”) extending in the direction Df through the center of the direction D1 (hereinafter referred to as “first direction D1”) orthogonal to the eye direction Df. It has a symmetrical shape.
- the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 are connected in series in the eye direction Df, the two side flaps 4 are arranged on the left and right sides of the front surface portion 2, and the flaps 5 are arranged on the opening side of the front surface portion 2.
- the term "left and right” as used herein means that in the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, one side of the first direction D1 (right side in FIG. 3) is "right” and the other side of the first direction D1 (FIG. 3). This is the direction when the left side in 3 is set to "left".
- the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 are flat portions that function as the main surface portion (main body surface portion) of the packaging bag 1 and face each other in the assembled state.
- main surface portions 2 and 3 are formed in a rectangular shape in which the side extending in the eye direction Df is shorter than the side extending in the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df.
- an opening is formed between the side on the opening side of the front surface portion 2 and the side on the opening side of the back surface portion 3.
- the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 are continuously provided in the eye direction Df with the ruled line 23 (normal ruled line) shown by the broken line in FIG. 3 interposed therebetween.
- the ruled line 23 is a fold ruled line (for bag making) for folding the corrugated cardboard sheet to form the packaging bag 1.
- three ruled lines 23 are provided in parallel with each other except for both ends thereof, and can accommodate thick contents.
- the middle ruled line 23 is the boundary line between the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3, and the remaining two ruled lines 23 are for the gusset.
- the ruled line 23 is a normal ruled line located at a portion (continuous portion) in which the main surface portions 2 and 3 are connected to each other.
- the continuous connection portion means a predetermined range extending in a direction orthogonal to the continuous connection direction including the boundary between the two surface portions.
- the continuous portion between the main surface portions 2 and 3 includes a boundary between the two main surface portions 2 and 3 and extends in a predetermined range extending in the first direction D1 (bottom side end portion of the front surface portion 2 and the bottom of the back surface portion 3). It means the range consisting of the side ends).
- Each side flap 4 is a portion with a dot pattern in FIG. 3, and functions as a margin surface (glue portion) for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions 2 and 3.
- the side flaps 4 of the second embodiment are connected to each of the left and right sides of the surface portion 2 with a ruled line 24 (normal ruled line) shown by a broken line in FIG. 3 interposed therebetween.
- each side flap 4 is provided over the entire side extending in the eye direction Df of the surface portion 2.
- the ruled line 24 is a fold ruled line (for bag making) for bending the corrugated cardboard sheet to form the packaging bag 1, similar to the ruled line 23 described above.
- three ruled lines 24 are provided parallel to each other except for both ends thereof, and can accommodate thick contents.
- the middle ruled line 24 is the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4, and the remaining two ruled lines 24 are for gussets.
- the ruled line 24 is a normal ruled line located at a portion (continuous portion) in which the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4 are continuously provided.
- two side flaps 4 are attached to the inward facing surface (inner surface) of the packaging bag 1. That is, the left and right side flaps 4 are attached to the left side portion and the right side portion of the back surface portion 3 facing the front surface portion 2 (the inner surface of the back surface portion 3) in the assembled packaging bag 1.
- the specification in which the side flap 4 is attached to the inside of the packaging bag 1 is referred to as "inner attachment”.
- the edge portion 4b on the bottom side is formed in a straight line and is angular, whereas the side flap 4 is on the opening side (FIG. 3).
- the edge portion 4a (on the lower side of the inside) is formed in an arc shape and is rounded. That is, the end face of the edge portion 4a on the opening side has a curved surface shape.
- the side flap 4 is attached to the back surface portion 3 in a state of being crushed in advance. That is, before the packaging bag 1 is put into the assembled state (in the state of the packaging bag sheet 9), the side flap 4 is preprocessed so as to be soft.
- the flap 5 is a portion (a portion also called a "bello" or a "tongue piece") that seals the opening formed by the two main surface portions 2 and 3, and extends in a direction different from that of the side flap 4.
- the flap 5 of the second embodiment is continuously provided on the opening side of the surface portion 2 with a ruled line 25 (normal ruled line) shown by a broken line in FIG. 3 interposed therebetween, and covers the entire lower side of the surface portion 2. It will be provided.
- the ruled line 25 is a fold ruled line (for bag making) for bending the corrugated cardboard sheet to form the packaging bag 1, similar to the above-mentioned ruled lines 23 and 24.
- two ruled lines 25 are provided in parallel with each other, and a thick content can be accommodated.
- One of the two ruled lines 25 is the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and the flap 5, and the other is for the gusset.
- the ruled line 25 is a normal ruled line located at a portion (continuous portion) in which the surface portion 2 and the flap 5 are continuously provided.
- packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 are provided with a breaking structure 30 for opening.
- the fracture structure 30 will be described later.
- the corrugated cardboard sheet has a characteristic that it is easily bent at a folding line along the eye direction Df, it has a characteristic that it is difficult to bend at a folding line along a direction other than the eye direction Df (particularly, the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df). .. Therefore, if the contents move inside the packaging bag, there is a demerit that the cushioning function of the corrugated cardboard sheet is not fully exhibited.
- the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment is provided with a flexible ruled line 10 for flexibly deforming the main surface portions 2 and 3 so as to fit the contents.
- the flexible ruled line 10 is a ruled line for assisting the bending of the main surface portions 2 and 3, and the above-mentioned normal ruled lines 23 and 24 in the main surface portions 2 and 3 It is provided separately from 25.
- the flexible ruled line 10 of the second embodiment is provided on the inner surface of the packaging bag 1, but may be provided on the outer surface of the packaging bag 1 or may be provided on both the inner and outer surfaces.
- the type of the flexible ruled line 10 is not particularly limited, and press ruled lines, perforations (perforation blades), lead ruled lines, and the like can be applied.
- the flexible ruled line 10 includes three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 extending in three directions different from the eye direction Df of the corrugated cardboard sheet.
- the directions in which these three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 are extended are different from each other. That is, the main surface portions 2 and 3 of the packaging bag 1 have a structure that is easily bent in four directions (Df in the eye direction + three directions different from each other) in total, which enables flexible deformation.
- similar flexible ruled lines 10 are provided on the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3.
- the flexible ruled lines 10 are arranged as a whole on the main surface portions 2 and 3, and are provided symmetrically with respect to the center line C.
- the flexible ruled line 10 of the second embodiment does not include a ruled line extending in the eye direction Df. In other words, when the main surface portions 2 and 3 are bent along the folding line along the eye direction Df, the groove of the core 6 is used.
- the first ruled line 11 extends in the above-mentioned first direction D1. That is, the first ruled line 11 is a "vertical ruled line” perpendicular to the eye direction Df.
- the second ruled line 12 extends from the upper left to the lower right
- the third ruled line 13 extends from the upper right to the lower left. That is, the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are provided as "cross ruled lines” extending in the direction of intersecting each other on the central side of the main surface portions 2 and 3.
- the extending directions of the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are referred to as "second direction D2" and "third direction D3", respectively.
- the second direction D2 and the third direction D3 are directions along the diagonal lines of the main surface portions 2 and 3, respectively.
- the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 are provided with a plurality of first ruled lines 11 in parallel with each other.
- the first ruled lines 11 are all of the same length and are arranged at substantially equal intervals.
- each of the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 is provided on the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 one by one.
- the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are intermittently arranged so that the first ruled line 11, the second ruled line 12, and the third ruled line 13 do not overlap. It is provided in a straight line (intermittently). When the intermittent portions of the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are virtually connected to form a straight line, the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 intersect at the central portion of each of the main surface portions 2, 3.
- the breaking structure 30 is a structure in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
- Examples of the breaking structure 30 include a perforation (perforation blade), a lead ruled line, and a zipper structure. In the second embodiment, a case where a perforation is adopted will be illustrated.
- the packaging bag 1 is torn (broken) along the breaking structure 30.
- each fracture structure 30 of the second embodiment extends along the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4. That is, the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment can be opened by the two breaking structures 30.
- each fracture structure 30 of the second embodiment connects between two straight portions 31 extending in a straight line along a ruled line 24 in the middle and two straight portions 31. It is composed of one arc portion 32.
- the arc portion 32 is a portion formed by connecting the above-mentioned cut portions in an arc shape, and is first torn by being pushed by a finger when the packaging bag 1 is opened.
- the arc portion 32 of FIG. 3 is provided between the middle ruled line 24 and the outer ruled line 24 (or in contact with these ruled lines 24). That is, the arc portion 32 is provided in the gusset portion as shown in FIG.
- Each straight line portion 31 includes a cut portion continuous with the cut portion forming the arc portion 32, and extends in a straight line. When the arc portion 32 is broken, the straight portion 31 connected to the arc portion 32 is continuously broken, and the packaging bag 1 is opened.
- the two fracture structures 30 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the center line C.
- the packaging bag 1 Since the above-mentioned packaging bag 1 is formed of a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, it is lighter than a packaging bag formed of a general corrugated cardboard sheet, the material is soft, and it can be flexibly deformed. Further, by forming the packaging bag 1 with such a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, a packaging bag 1 lighter than that formed with a general corrugated cardboard sheet can be obtained, and as a result, the cost of transporting the packaging bag 1 itself and the cost of transporting the packaging bag 1 itself can be obtained. It can be expected that the shipping cost when this packaging bag 1 is used for mailing, home delivery, etc. will be reduced.
- the broken structure 30 (for example, a perforation) can be formed in a region other than the flap 5 (for example, the boundary line between the main surface portions 2 and 3 and the side flap 4). Therefore, the extension dimension of the flap 5 can be shortened. Therefore, it is possible to provide a packaging bag 1 having a breaking structure 30 suitable for a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet. Further, according to the packaging bag 1 formed of the lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, the softness and deformability of the lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet can be assisted by the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13, so that the packaging bag 1 is softer and more deformable. It is possible to provide a packaging bag 1 that is easily deformed.
- the breaking structure 30 since it extends along the ruled line 24 which is also the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4, for example, the opening means without providing the zipper structure on the flap 5. Can be attached to the packaging bag 1. Therefore, the extension dimension of the flap 5 can be shortened, and the weight can be reduced. Further, since the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment is provided with two breaking structures 30, the packaging bag 1 can be opened from two positions on the left and right. Therefore, the user may break either one of the broken structures 30 or both of the broken structures 30, and the options for the opening location can be increased.
- the above-mentioned breaking structure 30 has an arc portion 32 and a straight portion 31, and the straight portion 31 includes a cut portion continuous with the cut portion constituting the arc portion 32. .. Therefore, when the arc portion 32 is pushed by the user's finger, the arc portion 32 is first broken, and the straight portion 31 is also broken in order from the cut portion of the straight portion 31 connected to the arc portion 32. Therefore, the user can open the packaging bag 1 more easily with a small force.
- the two side flaps 4 are internally attached, so that the exposed area of the side flaps 4 is suppressed, so that the appearance of the packaging bag 1 is improved and the design is improved. Can be improved. Further, since the surface to which the flap 5 is attached is a flat surface only on the back surface portion 3, the flap 5 can be easily attached at the time of sealing, and the attached flap 5 is less likely to be peeled off. Further, as compared with the configuration in which the side flap 4 is attached to the outer surface of the packaging bag 1, the deformation of the main surface portions 2 and 3 is less likely to be suppressed by the thickness of the corrugated cardboard sheet, which can contribute to the improvement of flexibility.
- the edge portion 4a on the opening side of the side flap 4 described above is formed in an arc shape, the object is less likely to be caught by the side flap 4 when an object is inserted through the opening of the packaging bag 1. Therefore, the workability of accommodating the contents can be improved.
- the two side flaps 4 are attached to the main surface portions 2 and 3 in a state of being crushed in advance, the side flaps 4 can be softened and a more flexible packaging bag 1 can be realized.
- the flexible ruled lines 10 including the ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 extending in three directions other than the eye direction Df are formed on the main surface portions 2 and 3. Since it is provided, it is easy to bend in three directions other than the eye direction Df, which is originally easy to bend, and flexibility can be enhanced.
- the main surface portions 2 and 3 are easily bent with three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 depending on the outer shape of the contents housed in the packaging bag 1.
- a flexible packaging bag 1 can be realized, so that objects of various shapes (contents) such as thick objects and round objects are compared with ordinary letter packs made of solid cardboard (cardboard). Items) can be flexibly packed according to their shape.
- the packaging bag 1 which is easily bent and deformed along the outer shape of the contents, the binding property of the contents can be enhanced like shrink packaging, and the corrugated cardboard used as the material of the packaging bag 1.
- the cushioning function of the sheet can be appropriately exerted. Therefore, it is possible to provide a flexible packaging bag 1 and a packaging bag sheet 9 that enhance the protection performance of the contents.
- an easy-to-bend line for widening the opening is provided diagonally.
- the cardboard sheet has the characteristic that it is easy to bend at the folding line along the eye direction Df, but it is difficult to bend at the folding line along the direction other than the eye direction Df (especially the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df). Because it has characteristics.
- the bidirectional ruled line that does not consider the eye direction Df, it is difficult to deform the main surface portions 2 and 3 so as to secure the accommodation space as in the flexible ruled line 10 of the second embodiment.
- the main surface portions 2 and 3 can be deformed so that the accommodation space is appropriately secured. Further, since the main surface portions 2 and 3 are easily deformed, the accommodation space fits the contents, so that the effect of holding the contents can be obtained.
- the corrugated cardboard sheet is most difficult to bend in the direction perpendicular to the eye direction Df (first direction D1), but in the above-mentioned packaging bag 1, the bending along the first direction D1 is the first ruled line 11. Can be assisted by. Further, since the two ruled lines 12 and 13 are extended so as to intersect at the center side of the main surface portions 2 and 3, the main surface portions 2 and 3 are easily deformed so as to widen the space on the central side, which is a large content. Items can be packed flexibly.
- the flexible ruled line 10 does not include a ruled line extending in the eye direction Df (there is no ruled line extending in the eye direction Df). That is, when bending along a folding line along the eye direction Df, one type of ruled line can be omitted by using the extending direction of the flute of the core 6 which is originally easy to bend.
- the structure of the fracture structure 30 is not limited to that described above. Here, five modified examples will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 10.
- the packaging bag sheets 9A to 9E (packaging bags 1A to 1E) shown in FIGS. 6 to 10 differ from the packaging bag sheets 9 (packaging bag 1) shown in FIG. 3 only in the breaking structure 30.
- the composition of is the same. In the following description, the same components will be designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.
- the fracture structure 30A is extended along the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and the side flap 4 on only one side (right side), as described above. It differs from the configuration of the second embodiment.
- the breaking structure 30A has a perforation similar to the above-mentioned breaking structure 30 and has a straight portion 31A and an arc portion 32A similar to the above-mentioned straight portion 31 and arc portion 32.
- the effects (3) and (4) obtained in the second embodiment described above also by the packaging bag 1A and the packaging bag sheet 9A in which the breaking structure 30A is provided only at the root portion of one side flap 4. The same effect as is obtained. Further, the same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
- the breaking structure 30A is provided only at the root portion of the right side flap 4, but the breaking structure 30A may be provided only at the root portion of the left side flap 4. If the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet are provided with a breaking structure along the boundary line between at least one side flap 4 and the main surface portions 2 and 3, the effect (3) obtained in the second embodiment described above can be obtained. A similar effect can be obtained.
- the fracture structure 30B extends along the boundary line between the two main surface portions 2 and 3 (here, the ruled line 23 in the middle). It is different from the configuration of the second embodiment described above.
- the fracture structure 30B is a perforation like the fracture structure 30 described above.
- the fracture structure 30B is composed of two straight portions 31B extending in a straight line along the middle ruled line 23 and one arc portion 32B connecting between the two straight portions 31B.
- the arc portion 32B is a portion formed by connecting cut portions penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in an arc shape, and is located on the center line C.
- the arc portion 32B of FIG. 7 is provided between the middle ruled line 23 and the ruled line 23 on the back surface portion 3 side (or in contact with these ruled lines 23).
- each straight line portion 31B includes a cut portion continuous with the cut portion constituting the arc portion 32B, and extends in a straight line.
- the fracture structure 30B extends along the ruled line 23, which is also the boundary line between the main surface portions 2 and 3, and is therefore on the opposite side to the flap 5.
- the packaging bag 1B can be opened by the breaking structure 30B located at the edge (that is, the bottom side). Further, since the fracture structure 30B is provided in the region other than the flap 5, the extension dimension of the flap 5 can be shortened and the weight can be reduced. The same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
- the breaking structure 30C has a boundary line between two main surface portions 2 and 3 (here, a ruled line 23 in the middle) and a boundary line between the surface portion 2 and the flap 5. It differs from the configuration of the second embodiment described above in that it extends along (here, the inner ruled line 25).
- the fracture structure 30C is a perforation like the fracture structure 30 described above.
- the broken structure 30C connects the two straight portions 31C extending in a straight line along the middle ruled line 23 and the two straight portions 31C, and connects the middle ruled line 23 and the ruled line on the surface portion 2 side. It is composed of one arc portion 32C located between (or in contact with these ruled lines 23) the 23. Further, the other fracture structure 30C connects the two straight portions 31C extending in a straight line along the inner ruled line 25 and the two straight portions 31C, and becomes convex toward the surface portion 2. It is composed of one arc portion 32C. When each arc portion 32C is broken, the straight portion 31C connected to the arc portion 32C is continuously broken, and the packaging bag 1C is opened.
- the breaking structure 30C is extended along the ruled line 23, which is also the boundary line between the main surface portions 2 and 3, and the ruled line 25 of the flap 5. Therefore, the packaging bag 1C can be opened by the breaking structure 30C located at two locations, the edge portion on the opposite side (bottom side) of the flap 5 and the root portion of the flap 5. Further, as compared with the above-mentioned second modification in which the breaking structure 30B is provided only on the edge portion on the opposite side (bottom side) of the flap 5, the package can be opened from two places. Therefore, as in the second embodiment, it is possible to increase the options for the opening location. The same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
- the packaging bag sheet 9D (packaging bag 1D) shown in FIG. 9 has the configuration of the second embodiment described above in that the fractured structure 30D extends over the two main surface portions 2, 3 and the flap 5. different.
- the fracture structure 30D of this modification is extended at a position along the edge of one of the two side flaps 4 attached to the back surface portion 3 (here, the right side).
- the edge here is an edge located on the opposite side of the surface portion 2 (one main surface portion) connected to the side flap 4.
- the fracture structure 30D of this modified example is a perforation like the above-mentioned fracture structure 30, and has only a linear straight portion 31D extending in the direction Df.
- the fracture structure 30D is along at least one end edge of the two side flaps 4 attached to one main surface portion 3 (that is, the back surface portion 3).
- the breaking structure 30D can be broken by using the edge of the side flap 4 as a guide. Therefore, the user can open the packaging bag 1D more easily and stably.
- the breaking structure 30D straight line portion 31D
- the packaging bag 1D and the packaging bag sheet 9D are straightened by using the groove of the core 6. Can break. The same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
- the packaging bag sheet 9E (packaging bag 1E) shown in FIG. 10 is different from the configuration of the fourth modification described above in that the fracture structure 30E is located on the center line C. That is, the fracture structure 30E of this modification is only the straight portion 31E extending in a straight line along the eye direction Df at the center position (on the center line C) of the two main surface portions 2 and 3 and the flap 5 in the first direction D1.
- the fracture structure 30E is also provided as a perforation.
- the packaging bag 1E and the packaging bag sheet 9E according to this modification can also be broken straight by using the groove of the core 6 as in the fourth modification. Further, since the packaging bag 1E can be broken in the middle, the thick contents as shown in FIG. 5, for example, can be easily taken out.
- FIGS. 11 (a) to 11 (e) a modified example of the flexible ruled line 10 provided on the main surface portions 2 and 3 is shown in FIGS. 11 (a) to 11 (e).
- FIGS. 11A to 11E the side flaps 4 and the flaps 5 are omitted, and the main surface portions 2 and 3 are provided with similar flexible ruled lines 10 on the two main surface portions 2 and 3. It is shown together in one. Further, if the extending directions D1, D2, and D3 of the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 are the same as those in the second embodiment, the same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are assigned.
- the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are both provided in a straight line along each diagonal line, but are not provided in the central portions of the main surface portions 2 and 3. .. In other words, the flexible ruled line 10 does not exist in the central portion of the main surface portions 2 and 3.
- the packaging bag 1 in which the ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 do not exist in the central portions of the main surface portions 2 and 3 is suitable for accommodating an object having a shape such as a rectangular parallelepiped or a quadrangular pyramid. That is, in the central portion, the main surface portions 2 and 3 can be fitted to the contents without bending, and in the peripheral portion, the main surface portions 2 and 3 are bent along the flexible ruled line 10, so that the contents can also be fitted. Therefore, the packaging bag 1 having the flexible ruled line 10A of the modified example shown in FIG. 11A can also be flexibly packed according to the shape of the contents.
- FIG. 11B a plurality of first ruled lines 11 are arranged in parallel at intervals shorter than those shown in FIGS. 1 and 11A. This makes it easier to bend along the first direction D1.
- the packaging bag 1 having such a flexible ruled line 10B can also be flexibly packed according to the shape of the contents.
- the flexible ruled line 10C shown in FIG. 11C the first ruled line 11 extends in the same direction D1 as in the second embodiment, and the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'are shown in FIG. 11 (c). It extends in the same direction D2'and D3'as in b).
- the flexible ruled line 10C of this modified example is vertically asymmetric in the eye direction Df of the main surface portions 2 and 3.
- the flexible ruled lines 10, 10A, and 10B of FIGS. 3, 11 (a) and 11 (b) described so far all have a point-symmetrical shape with respect to the center points of the main surface portions 2, 3, but these flexible ruled lines
- 10C is symmetrical, it is not vertically symmetrical.
- the number of the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13' are different between the upper and lower sides.
- the similarly arranged ruled lines 11, 12', 13' are located on the facing portions of the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 facing each other in the assembled state.
- the packaging bag 1 can be used. The contents can be flexibly packed on the bottom side. Therefore, even with the packaging bag 1 having such a flexible ruled line 10C, it is possible to flexibly pack the contents according to the shape of the contents.
- the second ruled line 12' is provided at the upper right and the lower left
- the third ruled line 13' is provided at the upper left and the lower right. Therefore, the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'do not intersect each other on the central side of the main surface portions 2 and 3.
- the packaging bag 1 having such a flexible ruled line 10D can also be flexibly packed according to the shape of the contents.
- the flexible ruled lines 10A to 10D shown in the above-mentioned modification examples of the four flexible ruled lines may be combined.
- the first ruled line 11 shown in FIG. 11B and the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'shown in FIG. 11C may be combined.
- a plurality of second ruled lines 12' may be arranged side by side on one side of the main surface portions 2 and 3 in the eye direction Df
- a plurality of third ruled lines 13' may be arranged side by side on the other side portion of the eye direction Df.
- the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13' may be arranged alternately.
- the number of ruled lines 12'and 13'on the opening side may be larger than the number of ruled lines 12' and 13'on the ruled line 23 side.
- the first ruled line 11 extends in the first direction D1, but the first ruled line 11 does not have to be perpendicular to the eye direction Df, for example. , It may be extended in a direction inclined at 80 ° or 110 ° with respect to the eye direction Df.
- the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, 13, and the like are not limited to straight lines, but may be curved lines or wavy lines.
- the flexible ruled lines may be partially arranged on the main surface portions 2 and 3, or may be provided asymmetrically with respect to the center line C. As shown in FIG. 11E, the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 can be continuously provided so as to overlap the first ruled line 11.
- the packaging bag 1F and the packaging bag sheet 9F may be formed in a direction in which the edge of the flap 5 coincides with the eye direction Df.
- the eye direction Df is orthogonal to the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, and the first direction D1 perpendicular to the eye direction Df is shown in FIG. It is the vertical direction (the direction connecting the opening side and the bottom side) in 12. Therefore, the extending direction of the first ruled line 11 also has an angle of 90 degrees with respect to the eye direction Df.
- breaking structure 30A shown in FIG. 6 is applied to the packaging bag 1F and the packaging bag sheet 9F, any of the above-mentioned breaking structures 30, 30B to 30E may be applied. Even with such a configuration, the same effect as that of the second embodiment described above and the modified example of the fracture structure can be obtained.
- a packaging bag 1G (packaging) in which the sides of the main surface portions 2 and 3 extending in the eye direction Df are formed in a rectangular shape longer than the sides extending in the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df.
- the flexible ruled lines 10, 10A to 10D described above may be applied to the bag sheet 9G).
- the packaging bag 1G is configured in the same manner as the packaging bag 1 shown in FIG. 3, except that the aspect ratios of the main surface portions 2 and 3 are different and the number of the first ruled lines 11 is large. Even with such a packaging bag 1G, the same effects as those of the second embodiment described above can be obtained.
- the flexible ruled line provided on the front surface portion 2 and the flexible ruled line provided on the back surface portion 3 may have different configurations.
- the packaging bag may have the flexible ruled line 10 shown in FIG. 3 applied to the front surface portion 2 and the flexible ruled line 10A shown in FIG. 11A applied to the back surface portion 3.
- the flexible ruled line 10 or the like can be provided on only one of the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 as necessary, such as when it is desired to keep either of the main surface portions flat.
- the flexible ruled line 10H may include a fourth ruled line 14 in addition to the three types of ruled lines 11', 12', and 13'.
- the fourth ruled line 14 shown in FIG. 14 has a spiral shape and extends in a direction different from the eye direction Df.
- a tubular body (columnar body) or a spherical object can be flexibly packed. Is possible.
- the first ruled line 11' is formed as a wavy line along the first direction D1.
- a plurality of second ruled lines 12' are arranged in the area on the left side of the surface portion 2, and a plurality of third ruled lines 13'are arranged in the region on the right side of the surface portion 2.
- the flexible ruled line may include a ruled line along the eye direction Df. That is, in addition to the three types of ruled lines extending in the three directions other than the eye direction Df, the ruled lines extending in the eye direction Df may be provided as a part of the flexible ruled lines.
- the side flap 4 was internally attached to the above-mentioned packaging bag 1, the side flap 4 may be attached to the outward facing surface (outer surface) of the packaging bag 1.
- the specification in which such a side flap 4 is attached to the outside of the packaging bag 1 is referred to as "outer attachment".
- outer attachment When the side flap 4 is attached to the outside, it is easy to insert an object through the opening of the packaging bag 1 because the side flap 4 does not exist inside as compared with the configuration of the inside attachment. Further, since the left and right sides of the main surface portions 2 and 3 of the packaging bag 1 are sandwiched from the outside by the two side flaps 4, the durability of the packaging bag 1 can be improved.
- the side flap 4 is externally attached, it is not necessary to make the end portion 4a on the opening side arcuate.
- the fracture structures 30, 30A to 30C according to the second embodiment and the first modification to the third modification described above are all provided on the boundary line between the two continuous surface portions, but the position of the fracture structure Is not limited to this, and may be on a ruled line for a gusset, for example.
- the positions of the side flaps 4 may not be left and right of the front surface portion 2, may be left and right of the back surface portion 3, or may be one of the left and right sides of the front surface portion 2 and the left and right sides of the back surface portion 3. That is, the packaging bag does not have to have a symmetrical shape with respect to the center line C. Further, the end portion 4a on the opening side of the side flap 4 may be linear. The position of the flap 5 is not limited to the opening side of the front surface portion 2, and may be the opening side of the back surface portion 3.
- the packaging bag 1 and the like have illustrated the case where the packaging bag is formed of a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, the packaging bag may be formed of a general corrugated cardboard sheet.
- the corrugated cardboard sheet is not limited to single flute corrugated cardboard, and may be a so-called "double-sided corrugated cardboard", “double-sided double-sided corrugated cardboard”, or a single-sided corrugated cardboard sheet.
- Double-sided corrugated cardboard double-sided double-sided corrugated cardboard
- Double-sided double-sided corrugated cardboard or a single-sided corrugated cardboard sheet.
- the liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- a corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less.
- the liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
- the corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 1 wherein the core has a basis weight of 45 [g / m 2] or more.
- Appendix 3 The corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 1 or 2, wherein the planar compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less.
- Appendix 4 The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of Supplementary note 1 to 3, wherein the double-sided corrugated cardboard is an A flute, a B flute, or a C flute.
- the double-sided cardboard is a B flute, The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of Appendix 1 to 4, wherein the core has a basis weight of 110 [g / m 2] or less.
- the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- a corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
- Appendix 10 In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold.
- a bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
- the liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- a corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less.
- the liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
- the corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 10 wherein the core has a basis weight of 45 [g / m 2] or more.
- Appendix 13 It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
- the liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
- Appendix 14 It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
- the liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
- [Appendix 15] The corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 14, wherein the plane compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less.
- [Appendix 16] The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
- [Appendix 17] The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of Appendix 13 to 16, wherein the double-sided corrugated cardboard is an A flute, a B flute, or a C flute.
- the double-sided cardboard is a B flute, The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of Appendix 13 to 17, wherein the core has a basis weight of 110 [g / m 2] or less.
- Appendix 19 It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core. In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
- the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- Appendix 20 It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core. In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
- the liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- Appendix 21 In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold.
- a bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
- the liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
- a corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 200 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
- the liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
- the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
- the liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
- Appendix 24 Described in Appendix 22 or Appendix 23, which cites Appendix 22, characterized in that the planar compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 200 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less. Cardboard material.
- Appendix 25 It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet. It is a formed packaging bag, At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions.
- the flexible ruled line is a packaging bag comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
- the first ruled line extends in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the flute extends. 25.
- the packaging bag according to Appendix 25 wherein the second ruled line and the third ruled line extend in a direction intersecting each other on the central side of the main surface portion.
- Appendix 27 The packaging bag according to Appendix 26, wherein the second ruled line and the third ruled line extend in a direction along each diagonal line of the main surface portion.
- [Appendix 28] The packaging bag according to Appendix 26 or 27, wherein a plurality of the first ruled lines are provided in parallel with each other.
- Appendix 29 The packaging bag according to any one of Appendix 25 to 28, wherein the flexible ruled line does not include a ruled line extending in a direction in which the flute extends.
- Appendix 30 The packaging bag according to any one of Appendix 25 to 29, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the inside of the packaging bag.
- [Appendix 31] The packaging bag according to Appendix 30, wherein the two side flaps have an arcuate edge on the opening side.
- [Appendix 32] The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 25 to 29, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the outside of the packaging bag.
- [Appendix 33] The packaging bag according to any one of Appendix 25 to 32, wherein the two side flaps are attached to the main surface portion in a state of being crushed in advance.
- [Appendix 34] The corrugated cardboard sheet A double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of the core.
- the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2 ] under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
- Appendix 35 It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions.
- it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
- At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions.
- the flexible ruled line is a sheet for a packaging bag, comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
- Appendix 36 It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet.
- It is a formed packaging bag, A packaging bag characterized by having a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
- the corrugated cardboard sheet is a double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of the core.
- the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2 ] under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. ] Or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, the packaging bag according to Appendix 36.
- One of the main surface portions and each of the side flaps are connected to each other.
- the two main surface parts are connected to each other and are connected to each other.
- the packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37, wherein the fractured structure extends along a boundary line between the two main surface portions.
- One of the main surface portions and each of the side flaps are connected to each other.
- the fractured structure is characterized in that it extends over the two main surface portions and the flaps at a position along at least one end edge of the two side flaps attached to the other main surface portion.
- the packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37 is characterized in that it extends over the two main surface portions and the flaps at a position along at least one end edge of the two side flaps attached to the other main surface portion.
- the fracture structure includes an arc portion formed by connecting the cut portions in an arc shape and a straight portion extending in a straight line including the cut portion continuous with the notch portion constituting the arc portion.
- the packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary Provisions 36 to 40, which comprises.
- [Appendix 42] The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 41, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the inside of the packaging bag.
- [Appendix 43] The packaging bag according to Appendix 42, wherein the two side flaps have an arcuate edge on the opening side.
- Appendix 44 The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 41, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the outside of the packaging bag.
- the packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 44, wherein the two side flaps are attached to the main surface portion in a state of being crushed in advance.
- Appendix 46 It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions.
- it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
- a sheet for a packaging bag characterized in that it has a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Cartons (AREA)
Abstract
Provided is a cardboard material (100) using double-sided cardboard in which liners (100a, 100b) are bonded to both sides of a center core (100c). In a state in which pretreatment has been applied to the cardboard material (100) for 24 hours or more under the conditions of a temperature of 23 [°C] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203:2000, the basis weight of the liners (100a, 100b) is 90 [g/m2] or less, and the basis weight of the center core is 150 [g/m2] or less.
Description
本発明は、一般的に使用されているダンボール材に比べて坪量を小さくした軽量なダンボール材,段ボールシートで形成された包装袋およびこの包装袋用シートに関する。
The present invention relates to a lightweight corrugated cardboard material having a smaller basis weight than a commonly used corrugated cardboard material, a packaging bag made of a corrugated cardboard sheet, and a sheet for this packaging bag.
近年、製函用資材として一般的に使用されているダンボール材に比べて坪量を小さくした軽量なダンボール材が開発されている。
特許文献1には、軽量なダンボール材の一例として、ライナの坪量が120g/m2以下であることが記載されている。これによれば、ライナを中芯に貼合する前にライナに紙力強化剤を塗工することで、軽量なダンボール材において手で触った場合の感触(ハンドリング性)を向上できるとされる。 In recent years, lightweight corrugated cardboard materials having a smaller basis weight than corrugated cardboard materials generally used as box-making materials have been developed.
Patent Document 1 describes that the basis weight of the liner is 120 g / m 2 or less as an example of a lightweight corrugated cardboard material. According to this, by applying a paper strength strengthening agent to the liner before attaching the liner to the core, it is possible to improve the feel (handleability) when touched with a lightweight cardboard material. ..
特許文献1には、軽量なダンボール材の一例として、ライナの坪量が120g/m2以下であることが記載されている。これによれば、ライナを中芯に貼合する前にライナに紙力強化剤を塗工することで、軽量なダンボール材において手で触った場合の感触(ハンドリング性)を向上できるとされる。 In recent years, lightweight corrugated cardboard materials having a smaller basis weight than corrugated cardboard materials generally used as box-making materials have been developed.
従来、物品を包装するための包装袋として、中実の厚紙(ボール紙)で形成された封筒(いわゆるレターパック)が実用化されている。また、このような封筒に緩衝機能を持たせたものも提案されている。たとえば特許文献2には、一枚の段ボールシート(枚葉シート状のダンボール材)で形成された段ボール製封筒が開示されている。この段ボール製封筒は、厚みのある品物であっても比較的容易に挿入することができるように、マチ部や折り曲げ容易線が設けられている。
たとえば特許文献3には、マイクロフルート段ボールと呼ばれる、段高の低い段ボールを使用した冊子用封筒が開示されている。この冊子用封筒には、外表面に露出しない隠し切り込みが形成されており、使用後の封筒を手で簡単に切断できるとされている。 Conventionally, an envelope (so-called letter pack) made of solid cardboard (cardboard) has been put into practical use as a wrapping bag for wrapping articles. In addition, an envelope having a cushioning function has also been proposed. For example,Patent Document 2 discloses a corrugated cardboard envelope made of a single corrugated cardboard sheet (corrugated cardboard material in the form of a single-wafer sheet). This corrugated cardboard envelope is provided with a gusset portion and an easily bendable line so that even a thick item can be inserted relatively easily.
For example,Patent Document 3 discloses a booklet envelope using a corrugated cardboard having a low step height, which is called a microflute corrugated cardboard. This booklet envelope has a hidden notch that is not exposed on the outer surface, and it is said that the used envelope can be easily cut by hand.
たとえば特許文献3には、マイクロフルート段ボールと呼ばれる、段高の低い段ボールを使用した冊子用封筒が開示されている。この冊子用封筒には、外表面に露出しない隠し切り込みが形成されており、使用後の封筒を手で簡単に切断できるとされている。 Conventionally, an envelope (so-called letter pack) made of solid cardboard (cardboard) has been put into practical use as a wrapping bag for wrapping articles. In addition, an envelope having a cushioning function has also been proposed. For example,
For example,
軽量なダンボール材は、ダンボール箱に組み立てる製函用途のほか、例えばレターパックのような物品を包装する封筒状の包装用品としての使用や、ラッピング材としての使用など、様々な使用形態が見込まれている。
Lightweight cardboard materials are expected to be used in various ways, such as box-making applications for assembling cardboard boxes, envelope-shaped packaging products for wrapping articles such as letter packs, and wrapping materials. ing.
ところで、段ボールシートは、中実の厚紙(ボール紙)よりも高い緩衝性能を有してはいるものの、包装袋の内部で品物(内容物)が動いてしまっては、たとえ段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であっても十分に内容物を保護できないおそれがある。上記の特許文献2に記載の段ボール製封筒は、厚みのある品物を封筒に挿入する際に開口を広げる点に着目した技術であって、内容物を拘束して保護するという観点からは改善の余地がある。また、内容物の形状は一定ではないことから、さまざまな形状のものをフレキシブルに梱包できることが望ましい。
By the way, although the corrugated cardboard sheet has a higher cushioning performance than the solid cardboard (cardboard), if the item (contents) moves inside the packaging bag, it is formed of the corrugated cardboard sheet. Even a corrugated cardboard packaging bag may not be able to adequately protect the contents. The corrugated cardboard envelope described in Patent Document 2 is a technique focusing on widening the opening when a thick item is inserted into the envelope, and is improved from the viewpoint of restraining and protecting the contents. There is room. Moreover, since the shape of the contents is not constant, it is desirable to be able to flexibly pack various shapes.
また、上記の特許文献3の冊子用封筒のように、外表面に露出しない切り込みでは、ユーザーがどの位置からどのような方向に開封してよいのかわかりにくいという課題がある。特許文献3にはカットラインの位置を示す印を設けることは自由である旨の記載があるが、この印が開封用の印であることをユーザーが把握できなければ、開封作業に手間取るおそれがある。
In addition, there is a problem that it is difficult for the user to know from which position to open the envelope with a notch that is not exposed on the outer surface like the envelope for the booklet of Patent Document 3 described above. Patent Document 3 states that it is free to provide a mark indicating the position of the cut line, but if the user cannot grasp that this mark is a mark for opening, there is a risk that the opening operation will take time. is there.
本件は、上記の課題に鑑みて創案されたものであり、ダンボール材の軽量化を図りつつ、様々な使用形態での使い勝手を良好にすることを第一の目的の一つとする。また、さまざまな形状の内容物をフレキシブルに梱包可能な包装袋および包装袋用シートを提供することを第二の目的の一つとする。また、ユーザーが簡単に包装袋を開封できるようにすることを第三の目的の一つとする。なお、これらの目的に限らず、後述する「発明を実施するための形態」に示す各構成から導き出される作用および効果であって、従来の技術では得られない作用および効果を奏することも、本件の他の目的として位置付けることができる。
This case was created in view of the above issues, and one of the primary purposes is to improve the usability in various usage forms while reducing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material. Another object of the second purpose is to provide a packaging bag and a sheet for a packaging bag that can flexibly pack contents of various shapes. In addition, one of the third purposes is to enable the user to easily open the packaging bag. It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to these purposes, and is an action and effect derived from each configuration shown in the “mode for carrying out the invention” described later, and exerts an action and effect that cannot be obtained by the conventional technique. It can be positioned as another purpose.
(1)ここで開示するダンボール材は、中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材である。本ダンボール材は、JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である構成を備えている。
(1) The corrugated cardboard material disclosed here is a corrugated cardboard material using double-sided corrugated cardboard in which liners are attached to both sides of the core. This corrugated cardboard material has a basis weight of 90 in the liner under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. It has a configuration of [g / m 2 ] or less and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
(2)ここで開示する包装袋は、互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備える。前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む。
(2) The packaging bag disclosed here seals two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and an opening formed by the two main surface portions. A packaging bag provided with a flap and formed of a corrugated cardboard sheet, wherein at least one main surface portion includes a main surface portion, each of the side flaps, and each continuous portion of the flaps and the main surface portion. It is provided with a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in the continuous portion between the two. The flexible ruled line includes three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
(3)また、ここで開示する包装袋用シートは、連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備える。前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む。
(3) Further, the packaging bag sheet disclosed here includes two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and the two main surface portions. A packaging bag sheet comprising a corrugated cardboard sheet, comprising a flap for sealing the opening formed in the above, wherein the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps are provided on at least one of the main surface portions. It is provided with a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion of the above and the continuous portion between the main surface portions. The flexible ruled line includes three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
(4)ここで開示する包装袋は、互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えている。
(4) The packaging bag disclosed here seals two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and an opening formed by the two main surface portions. A packaging bag provided with a flap and a corrugated cardboard sheet, and a broken structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended. It has.
(5)また、ここで開示する包装袋用シートは、連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えている。
(5) Further, the packaging bag sheet disclosed here includes two connected main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and the two main surface portions. A packaging bag sheet made of a corrugated cardboard sheet provided with a flap for sealing the opening formed by the corrugated cardboard sheet, and the cut portions penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently connected to form a linear shape. It has an extended break structure for opening.
上記(1)で開示のダンボール材によれば、ダンボール材の軽量化を図りつつ、折り畳まれた状態を維持する性能(屈曲性)を確保できる。そのため、様々な使用形態での使い勝手が良好な軽量なダンボール材を提供できる。
上記(2)および(3)で開示の包装袋および包装袋用シートによれば、もともと折れ曲がりやすいフルートの延在方向以外の三方向にも折れ曲がりやすいため、フレキシブル性を高めることができる。これにより、さまざま形状の内容物をフレキシブルに梱包することができる。
上記(4)および(5)で開示の包装袋および包装袋用シートによれば、破断構造を包装袋の外部から視認できるため、ユーザーが簡単に包装袋を開封することができる。 According to the corrugated cardboard material disclosed in (1) above, it is possible to secure the performance (flexibility) of maintaining the folded state while reducing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material. Therefore, it is possible to provide a lightweight corrugated cardboard material that is easy to use in various usage forms.
According to the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet disclosed in (2) and (3) above, the flute is easily bent in three directions other than the extending direction of the flute, which is originally easy to bend, so that the flexibility can be enhanced. As a result, contents of various shapes can be flexibly packed.
According to the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet disclosed in (4) and (5) above, since the broken structure can be visually recognized from the outside of the packaging bag, the user can easily open the packaging bag.
上記(2)および(3)で開示の包装袋および包装袋用シートによれば、もともと折れ曲がりやすいフルートの延在方向以外の三方向にも折れ曲がりやすいため、フレキシブル性を高めることができる。これにより、さまざま形状の内容物をフレキシブルに梱包することができる。
上記(4)および(5)で開示の包装袋および包装袋用シートによれば、破断構造を包装袋の外部から視認できるため、ユーザーが簡単に包装袋を開封することができる。 According to the corrugated cardboard material disclosed in (1) above, it is possible to secure the performance (flexibility) of maintaining the folded state while reducing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material. Therefore, it is possible to provide a lightweight corrugated cardboard material that is easy to use in various usage forms.
According to the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet disclosed in (2) and (3) above, the flute is easily bent in three directions other than the extending direction of the flute, which is originally easy to bend, so that the flexibility can be enhanced. As a result, contents of various shapes can be flexibly packed.
According to the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet disclosed in (4) and (5) above, since the broken structure can be visually recognized from the outside of the packaging bag, the user can easily open the packaging bag.
以下、第一実施形態としてのダンボール材を説明する。
本明細書で「ダンボール材」とは、例えばJIS 3902:2011規格に準拠するライナおよびJIS 3904:2011規格に準拠する中芯を用いた一般的なダンボール材に限らず、一般的なダンボール材に比べて坪量を小さくした軽量なダンボール材や、予め折目を入れたダンボール材を含む広義のものとする。
本第一実施形態では、下記の方向I,IIが以下の表1に示すように対応する例を挙げ、ダンボール材は水平面に載置されたものとする。
・方向 I :水平面に載置されたダンボール材における方向
・方向II:ダンボール材を製造する途中の半製品における方向 Hereinafter, the corrugated cardboard material as the first embodiment will be described.
In the present specification, the term "corrugated cardboard material" is not limited to, for example, a general corrugated cardboard material using a liner conforming to JIS 3902: 2011 standard and a core conforming to JIS 3904: 2011 standard, and is not limited to general corrugated cardboard material. In a broad sense, it includes lightweight corrugated cardboard with a smaller basis weight and corrugated cardboard with creases in advance.
In the first embodiment, it is assumed that the corrugated cardboard material is placed on a horizontal plane by giving an example in which the following directions I and II correspond as shown in Table 1 below.
-Direction I: Direction in the corrugated cardboard placed on the horizontal plane-Direction II: Direction in the semi-finished product in the middle of manufacturing the cardboard material
本明細書で「ダンボール材」とは、例えばJIS 3902:2011規格に準拠するライナおよびJIS 3904:2011規格に準拠する中芯を用いた一般的なダンボール材に限らず、一般的なダンボール材に比べて坪量を小さくした軽量なダンボール材や、予め折目を入れたダンボール材を含む広義のものとする。
本第一実施形態では、下記の方向I,IIが以下の表1に示すように対応する例を挙げ、ダンボール材は水平面に載置されたものとする。
・方向 I :水平面に載置されたダンボール材における方向
・方向II:ダンボール材を製造する途中の半製品における方向 Hereinafter, the corrugated cardboard material as the first embodiment will be described.
In the present specification, the term "corrugated cardboard material" is not limited to, for example, a general corrugated cardboard material using a liner conforming to JIS 3902: 2011 standard and a core conforming to JIS 3904: 2011 standard, and is not limited to general corrugated cardboard material. In a broad sense, it includes lightweight corrugated cardboard with a smaller basis weight and corrugated cardboard with creases in advance.
In the first embodiment, it is assumed that the corrugated cardboard material is placed on a horizontal plane by giving an example in which the following directions I and II correspond as shown in Table 1 below.
-Direction I: Direction in the corrugated cardboard placed on the horizontal plane-Direction II: Direction in the semi-finished product in the middle of manufacturing the cardboard material
縦方向(第一方向,図中には「CD」と記す)および横方向(第二方向,図中には「MD」と記す)は水平に沿う方向であり、シート(折目)の沿う平面が延在する方向である。これらの縦方向と横方向とは互いに直交する。高さ方向(第三方向,図中には「TD」と記す)は、鉛直方向に沿う方向であり、縦方向および横方向の双方に直交する。この高さ方向は、シートが重ね合わせられる方向に対応する。
The vertical direction (first direction, marked as "CD" in the figure) and the horizontal direction (second direction, marked as "MD" in the figure) are horizontal directions and along the sheet (crease). The direction in which the plane extends. These vertical and horizontal directions are orthogonal to each other. The height direction (third direction, indicated by "TD" in the figure) is a direction along the vertical direction and is orthogonal to both the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. This height direction corresponds to the direction in which the sheets are overlapped.
MD(Machine Direction)方向は、「流れ方向」とも称され、ダンボール材の製造過程やダンボール材を資材とした製函システムの工程が上流から下流へ進捗する方向である。CD(Cross Direction)方向は、MD方向の沿う平面においてMD方向に直交する方向である。TD(Transverse Direction)方向は、MD方向およびCD方向の双方に直交する方向である。
そのほか、特に断らない限り、本実施形態の「数値X~数値Y」なる表現は、数値X以上であって数値Y以下の範囲を意味する。 The MD (Machine Direction) direction is also referred to as a "flow direction", and is a direction in which the process of manufacturing a corrugated cardboard material and the process of a box making system using a corrugated cardboard material progress from upstream to downstream. The CD (Cross Direction) direction is a direction orthogonal to the MD direction in a plane along the MD direction. The TD (Transverse Direction) direction is a direction orthogonal to both the MD direction and the CD direction.
In addition, unless otherwise specified, the expression "numerical value X to numerical value Y" in this embodiment means a range of numerical value X or more and numerical value Y or less.
そのほか、特に断らない限り、本実施形態の「数値X~数値Y」なる表現は、数値X以上であって数値Y以下の範囲を意味する。 The MD (Machine Direction) direction is also referred to as a "flow direction", and is a direction in which the process of manufacturing a corrugated cardboard material and the process of a box making system using a corrugated cardboard material progress from upstream to downstream. The CD (Cross Direction) direction is a direction orthogonal to the MD direction in a plane along the MD direction. The TD (Transverse Direction) direction is a direction orthogonal to both the MD direction and the CD direction.
In addition, unless otherwise specified, the expression "numerical value X to numerical value Y" in this embodiment means a range of numerical value X or more and numerical value Y or less.
[I-I.第一実施形態]
下記の第一実施形態では、ダンボール材100の構成を項目[1]および[2]で述べる。項目[1]では、ダンボール材100の基本的な構造を小項目[1-1]で説明して、ダンボール材100が折り畳まれた構造(以下「折畳構造」と称する)を小項目[1-2]で説明する。 [I.I. First Embodiment]
In the first embodiment below, the configuration of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 will be described in items [1] and [2]. In the item [1], the basic structure of the corrugated cardboard material 100 is described in the sub-item [1-1], and the structure in which the corrugated cardboard material 100 is folded (hereinafter referred to as “folded structure”) is described in the sub-item [1]. -2] will be explained.
下記の第一実施形態では、ダンボール材100の構成を項目[1]および[2]で述べる。項目[1]では、ダンボール材100の基本的な構造を小項目[1-1]で説明して、ダンボール材100が折り畳まれた構造(以下「折畳構造」と称する)を小項目[1-2]で説明する。 [I.I. First Embodiment]
In the first embodiment below, the configuration of the
[1.構成]
[1-1.ダンボール材の基本的な構造]
本第一実施形態でダンボール材とは、波形に成形された中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いた資材である。
ダンボール材は、例えばレターパックのような封筒状の袋体(包装体)として使用されたり、ダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材(包装体)として使用されたりする。
本第一実施形態のダンボール材には、中芯に対して両側にライナが設けられた両面ダンボールが用いられる。 [1. Constitution]
[1-1. Basic structure of corrugated cardboard]
In the first embodiment, the corrugated cardboard material is a material using corrugated cardboard in which a liner is attached to a corrugated core.
The cardboard material is used as an envelope-shaped bag (packaging body) such as a letter pack, or as a box-making material (packaging body) assembled in a cardboard box.
As the corrugated cardboard material of the first embodiment, double-sided corrugated cardboard having liners on both sides with respect to the core is used.
[1-1.ダンボール材の基本的な構造]
本第一実施形態でダンボール材とは、波形に成形された中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いた資材である。
ダンボール材は、例えばレターパックのような封筒状の袋体(包装体)として使用されたり、ダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材(包装体)として使用されたりする。
本第一実施形態のダンボール材には、中芯に対して両側にライナが設けられた両面ダンボールが用いられる。 [1. Constitution]
[1-1. Basic structure of corrugated cardboard]
In the first embodiment, the corrugated cardboard material is a material using corrugated cardboard in which a liner is attached to a corrugated core.
The cardboard material is used as an envelope-shaped bag (packaging body) such as a letter pack, or as a box-making material (packaging body) assembled in a cardboard box.
As the corrugated cardboard material of the first embodiment, double-sided corrugated cardboard having liners on both sides with respect to the core is used.
図1および図2に示すように、ダンボール材100は、表ライナ100aと裏ライナ100bとが中芯100cの両面に貼り合されている。
表ライナ100aは、ダンボール材100の表面(おもてめん:厚み方向の一側を向いた面に対応)をなす。裏ライナ100bは、ダンボール材100の裏面(うらめん:厚み方向の他側を向いた面に対応)をなす。
中芯100cは、ダンボールの段目110(波目)を構成し、ライナ100a,100bどうしの間で波形構造を形成している。中芯100cは、理想的な形状であれば、横方向および高さ方向に沿う断面(すなわち段目110)の形状が正弦波状をなす。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, in thecorrugated cardboard material 100, the front liner 100a and the back liner 100b are bonded to both sides of the core 100c.
Thefront liner 100a forms the surface of the corrugated cardboard material 100 (front noodles: corresponding to the surface facing one side in the thickness direction). The back liner 100b forms the back surface of the corrugated cardboard material 100 (Uramen: corresponding to the surface facing the other side in the thickness direction).
The core 100c constitutes the corrugated cardboard stage 110 (wave), and forms a corrugated structure between the liners 100a and 100b. If the core 100c has an ideal shape, the cross section (that is, the step 110) along the lateral direction and the height direction has a sinusoidal shape.
表ライナ100aは、ダンボール材100の表面(おもてめん:厚み方向の一側を向いた面に対応)をなす。裏ライナ100bは、ダンボール材100の裏面(うらめん:厚み方向の他側を向いた面に対応)をなす。
中芯100cは、ダンボールの段目110(波目)を構成し、ライナ100a,100bどうしの間で波形構造を形成している。中芯100cは、理想的な形状であれば、横方向および高さ方向に沿う断面(すなわち段目110)の形状が正弦波状をなす。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, in the
The
The core 100c constitutes the corrugated cardboard stage 110 (wave), and forms a corrugated structure between the
上記の両面ダンボールには、一つの中芯100cおよび二つのライナ100a,100bのそれぞれに対応する三つの原紙(資材)から構成されたシングルフルートのダンボールのほか、いわゆる「複両面ダンボール」や「複々両面ダンボール」のように二つ以上の中芯および二つのライナならびに一つ以上の中ライナのそれぞれに対応する五つ以上の原紙から構成されたマルチフルートのダンボールも含まれる。本第一実施形態では、シングルフルートの両面ダンボールからなるダンボール材を主に例示する。
上記の両面ダンボールには,Aフルート、Bフルート,Cフルート,ABフルート,ACフルートといったさまざまなフルートが採用可能である。 The above-mentioned double-sided cardboard includes a single flute cardboard composed of three base papers (materials) corresponding to onecore 100c and two liners 100a and 100b, as well as so-called "double-sided cardboard" and "double-sided cardboard". It also includes multi-flute cardboard composed of five or more base papers corresponding to each of two or more cores and two liners and one or more medium liners, such as "double-sided cardboard". In the first embodiment, a corrugated cardboard material composed of double-sided corrugated cardboard of a single flute will be mainly exemplified.
Various flutes such as A flute, B flute, C flute, AB flute, and AC flute can be adopted for the above-mentioned double-sided cardboard.
上記の両面ダンボールには,Aフルート、Bフルート,Cフルート,ABフルート,ACフルートといったさまざまなフルートが採用可能である。 The above-mentioned double-sided cardboard includes a single flute cardboard composed of three base papers (materials) corresponding to one
Various flutes such as A flute, B flute, C flute, AB flute, and AC flute can be adopted for the above-mentioned double-sided cardboard.
[1-2.折畳構造]
本第一実施形態では、ダンボール材100が、連続するダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが折り畳まれた蛇腹折りの製函用資材である場合を例に挙げる。
このダンボール材100が製函されると、ダンボール箱となる。詳細に言えば、製函システムの製函用資材に用いられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材100は、シートが順繰りに送り出されるフィード工程,送り出されたシートが箱の展開パターンに切り抜かれるカット工程,箱の形状に折り立てられるフォルド工程といった種々の工程を経てダンボール箱に製函される。なお、ダンボール箱を組み立てる製函システムは、特に制限されないが、たとえば自動包装システムの全自動システムである「CMC社製のカートンラップ1000」、「Neopost社製のCVP-500」、「オーエスマシーナリー社製のTXP-600」や、半自動システムの「Pack Size社製のEM7」、「Panotec社製のCompack」を用いることができる。 [1-2. Folding structure]
In the first embodiment, the case where thecorrugated cardboard material 100 is a bellows-folded box-making material in which a rectangular sheet is folded in continuous corrugated cardboard is taken as an example.
When thecardboard material 100 is made into a box, it becomes a cardboard box. More specifically, the bellows-folded corrugated cardboard material 100 used as the box-making material of the box-making system has a feed process in which sheets are sequentially fed, a cutting process in which the delivered sheets are cut out in a box development pattern, and a box. The box is manufactured in a cardboard box through various processes such as a folding process in which the product is folded into the shape of. The box-making system for assembling the cardboard box is not particularly limited, but for example, the fully automatic system of the automatic packaging system "Carton Wrap 1000 manufactured by CMC", "CVP-500 manufactured by Neopost", and "OS Machinery Co., Ltd.""TXP-600" manufactured by TXP-600, "EM7 manufactured by Pack Size" and "Compaq manufactured by Panotec", which are semi-automatic systems, can be used.
本第一実施形態では、ダンボール材100が、連続するダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが折り畳まれた蛇腹折りの製函用資材である場合を例に挙げる。
このダンボール材100が製函されると、ダンボール箱となる。詳細に言えば、製函システムの製函用資材に用いられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材100は、シートが順繰りに送り出されるフィード工程,送り出されたシートが箱の展開パターンに切り抜かれるカット工程,箱の形状に折り立てられるフォルド工程といった種々の工程を経てダンボール箱に製函される。なお、ダンボール箱を組み立てる製函システムは、特に制限されないが、たとえば自動包装システムの全自動システムである「CMC社製のカートンラップ1000」、「Neopost社製のCVP-500」、「オーエスマシーナリー社製のTXP-600」や、半自動システムの「Pack Size社製のEM7」、「Panotec社製のCompack」を用いることができる。 [1-2. Folding structure]
In the first embodiment, the case where the
When the
図2に示すように、蛇腹折りのダンボール材100は、直方体状をなす製函用資材である。
ダンボール材100では、連続する矩形状のシート102(図2では一部のみに符合を付す)が折目F(図2では一部のみに符合を付す)で折り返され、折り返されたシート102が高さ方向に積み重ねられている。
このように折り畳まれたダンボール材100には、縦方向および高さ方向の双方に沿う一対の側面に、複数の折目Fが縦方向に沿って直線状に延在する。 As shown in FIG. 2, the bellows-foldedcorrugated cardboard material 100 is a rectangular parallelepiped box-making material.
In thecorrugated cardboard material 100, the continuous rectangular sheet 102 (partially marked in FIG. 2) is folded back at the crease F (only partly coded in FIG. 2), and the folded sheet 102 is folded back. Stacked in the height direction.
In thecorrugated cardboard material 100 folded in this way, a plurality of folds F extend linearly along the vertical direction on a pair of side surfaces along both the vertical direction and the height direction.
ダンボール材100では、連続する矩形状のシート102(図2では一部のみに符合を付す)が折目F(図2では一部のみに符合を付す)で折り返され、折り返されたシート102が高さ方向に積み重ねられている。
このように折り畳まれたダンボール材100には、縦方向および高さ方向の双方に沿う一対の側面に、複数の折目Fが縦方向に沿って直線状に延在する。 As shown in FIG. 2, the bellows-folded
In the
In the
ここで、連続する三つのシート102(図1では二点鎖線で示す)に着目して、ダンボール材100の折畳構造を説明する。
・第一シート121:第二シート122の一側に連続するシート102
・第二シート122:第一シート121と第三シート123との双方に連続するシート102
・第三シート123:第二シート122の他側に連続するシート102 Here, the folding structure of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 will be described by focusing on three consecutive sheets 102 (indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 1).
First sheet 121:Sheet 102 continuous to one side of the second sheet 122
Second sheet 122:Sheet 102 continuous with both the first sheet 121 and the third sheet 123
Third sheet 123:Sheet 102 continuous with the other side of the second sheet 122
・第一シート121:第二シート122の一側に連続するシート102
・第二シート122:第一シート121と第三シート123との双方に連続するシート102
・第三シート123:第二シート122の他側に連続するシート102 Here, the folding structure of the
First sheet 121:
Second sheet 122:
Third sheet 123:
第一シート121と第二シート122との間に第一折目F1が設けられ、第一折目F1を介してシート121,122が連続している。第二シート122と第三シート123との間に第二折目F2が設けられ、第二折目F2を介してシート122,123が連続している。
第一折目F1は、第一シート121に対して横方向の一方(図1では右方)へ向けて第二シート122が折り返される折目Fであり、ダンボール材100における横方向の他方(図1では左方)に配置される。第二折目F2は、第二シート122に対して横方向の他方(図1では左方)へ向けて第三シート123が折り返される折目Fであり、ダンボール材100における横方向の一方(図1では右方)に配置される。 The first fold F1 is provided between thefirst sheet 121 and the second sheet 122, and the sheets 121 and 122 are continuous via the first fold F1. A second fold F2 is provided between the second sheet 122 and the third sheet 123, and the sheets 122 and 123 are continuous via the second fold F2.
The first fold F1 is a fold F in which thesecond sheet 122 is folded back toward one side (right side in FIG. 1) with respect to the first sheet 121, and the other side in the corrugated cardboard material 100 (the other side in the lateral direction (right side in FIG. 1)). It is arranged on the left side in FIG. The second fold F2 is a fold F in which the third sheet 123 is folded back toward the other side in the lateral direction (left in FIG. 1) with respect to the second sheet 122, and the second fold F2 is one in the lateral direction (one in the corrugated cardboard material 100). It is arranged on the right side in FIG.
第一折目F1は、第一シート121に対して横方向の一方(図1では右方)へ向けて第二シート122が折り返される折目Fであり、ダンボール材100における横方向の他方(図1では左方)に配置される。第二折目F2は、第二シート122に対して横方向の他方(図1では左方)へ向けて第三シート123が折り返される折目Fであり、ダンボール材100における横方向の一方(図1では右方)に配置される。 The first fold F1 is provided between the
The first fold F1 is a fold F in which the
第一シート121では、横方向(折目Fと交差する方向)に延在する第一端縁E1(図1には手前側の端縁のみに符号を付す)にダンボールの段目110(波目)が露出する。同様に、第二シート122には、横方向(折目Fと交差する方向)に延在する第二端縁E2(図1には手前側の端縁のみに符号を付す)にダンボールの段目110が露出する。
第一シート121および第二シート122からなるシート対120では、第一端縁E1と第二端縁E2とが高さ方向に隣り合って配置される。 In thefirst sheet 121, the corrugated cardboard step 110 (in FIG. 1, only the front edge is marked) extends to the first end edge E 1 extending in the lateral direction (the direction intersecting the crease F). Waves) are exposed. Similarly, on the second sheet 122, the cardboard is provided on the second edge E 2 extending in the lateral direction (the direction intersecting the crease F) (in FIG. 1, only the front edge is marked). The step 110 is exposed.
In thesheet pair 120 composed of the first sheet 121 and the second sheet 122, the first end edge E 1 and the second end edge E 2 are arranged adjacent to each other in the height direction.
第一シート121および第二シート122からなるシート対120では、第一端縁E1と第二端縁E2とが高さ方向に隣り合って配置される。 In the
In the
上記の折畳構造を有するダンボール材100によれば、直方体状に折り畳むことができダンボールのシート102をコンパクトな荷姿にすることができる。
そのほか、折目Fは、ダンボールの段目110に沿って設けられている。言い換えれば、MD方向に対して垂直な段目10のダンボール材100が製造される。
なお、ダンボール材100は、汚損や荷崩れを防ぐために、包装用のフィルムで被包(包装)されることが好ましい。 According to thecorrugated cardboard material 100 having the above-mentioned folding structure, it can be folded into a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the corrugated cardboard sheet 102 can be made into a compact packaging.
In addition, the fold F is provided along thecorrugated cardboard step 110. In other words, the corrugated cardboard material 100 having a step 10 perpendicular to the MD direction is manufactured.
Thecorrugated cardboard material 100 is preferably wrapped (wrapped) with a packaging film in order to prevent stains and collapse of the load.
そのほか、折目Fは、ダンボールの段目110に沿って設けられている。言い換えれば、MD方向に対して垂直な段目10のダンボール材100が製造される。
なお、ダンボール材100は、汚損や荷崩れを防ぐために、包装用のフィルムで被包(包装)されることが好ましい。 According to the
In addition, the fold F is provided along the
The
[2.パラメータ]
以下、ダンボール材100のパラメータを説明する。
まず、ダンボール材100のサイズや段数などの基本的なパラメータを述べる。その後に、ダンボール材100に関するパラメータを詳述する。 [2. Parameters]
Hereinafter, the parameters of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 will be described.
First, basic parameters such as the size and the number of stages of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 will be described. After that, the parameters relating to the corrugated cardboard material 100 will be described in detail.
以下、ダンボール材100のパラメータを説明する。
まず、ダンボール材100のサイズや段数などの基本的なパラメータを述べる。その後に、ダンボール材100に関するパラメータを詳述する。 [2. Parameters]
Hereinafter, the parameters of the
First, basic parameters such as the size and the number of stages of the
[2-1.基本的なパラメータ]
ダンボール材100のサイズは、下記の寸法L1~L3から定まる。
・ 縦寸法L1 :縦方向の寸法(第一寸法)
・ 横寸法L2 :横方向の寸法(第二寸法)
・高さ寸法L3:高さ方向の寸法(第三寸法)
上記の寸法L1~L3は、小さいほど製造される箱のサイズや形状の制約が大きくなるおそれがあり、大きいほど運搬や納入といった作業性が低下するおそれがある。これらの観点より、寸法L1~L3は、下記の表2に示す範囲であることが好ましい。 [2-1. Basic parameters]
The size of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 is determined from the following dimensions L1 to L3.
-Vertical dimension L1: Vertical dimension (first dimension)
-Horizontal dimension L2: Horizontal dimension (second dimension)
-Height dimension L3: Dimension in the height direction (third dimension)
The smaller the dimensions L1 to L3, the greater the restrictions on the size and shape of the box to be manufactured, and the larger the size, the lower the workability such as transportation and delivery. From these viewpoints, the dimensions L1 to L3 are preferably in the range shown in Table 2 below.
ダンボール材100のサイズは、下記の寸法L1~L3から定まる。
・ 縦寸法L1 :縦方向の寸法(第一寸法)
・ 横寸法L2 :横方向の寸法(第二寸法)
・高さ寸法L3:高さ方向の寸法(第三寸法)
上記の寸法L1~L3は、小さいほど製造される箱のサイズや形状の制約が大きくなるおそれがあり、大きいほど運搬や納入といった作業性が低下するおそれがある。これらの観点より、寸法L1~L3は、下記の表2に示す範囲であることが好ましい。 [2-1. Basic parameters]
The size of the
-Vertical dimension L1: Vertical dimension (first dimension)
-Horizontal dimension L2: Horizontal dimension (second dimension)
-Height dimension L3: Dimension in the height direction (third dimension)
The smaller the dimensions L1 to L3, the greater the restrictions on the size and shape of the box to be manufactured, and the larger the size, the lower the workability such as transportation and delivery. From these viewpoints, the dimensions L1 to L3 are preferably in the range shown in Table 2 below.
そのほか、ダンボール材100における折目Fの本数をN[本]とおけば、シート102の枚数はN+1[枚]である。この場合には、N+1[段]のシート102がダンボール材100において重ね合わせられている。
たとえば、ダンボール材100の段数としては、たとえば10~1000[段]のさまざまな段数が挙げられる。詳細を後述するパラメータが測定される対象のダンボール材については、所定の段数(たとえば100[段])未満の測定対象については、全段のそれぞれにおいてパラメータを測定するのが好ましい。一方、所定の段数(たとえば100[段])以上の測定対象については、部分的(たとえばパートに分けた部分や設定された領域)にパラメータが測定してもよい。 In addition, if the number of folds F in thecorrugated cardboard material 100 is N [sheets], the number of sheets 102 is N + 1 [sheets]. In this case, the N + 1 [stage] sheets 102 are overlapped on the cardboard material 100.
For example, as the number of stages of thecorrugated cardboard material 100, for example, various stages of 10 to 1000 [stages] can be mentioned. For the corrugated cardboard material to which the parameters to be measured will be described in detail later, it is preferable to measure the parameters at each of all the stages for the measurement target having less than a predetermined number of stages (for example, 100 [stages]). On the other hand, for a measurement target having a predetermined number of stages (for example, 100 [stages]) or more, the parameters may be measured partially (for example, a portion divided into parts or a set area).
たとえば、ダンボール材100の段数としては、たとえば10~1000[段]のさまざまな段数が挙げられる。詳細を後述するパラメータが測定される対象のダンボール材については、所定の段数(たとえば100[段])未満の測定対象については、全段のそれぞれにおいてパラメータを測定するのが好ましい。一方、所定の段数(たとえば100[段])以上の測定対象については、部分的(たとえばパートに分けた部分や設定された領域)にパラメータが測定してもよい。 In addition, if the number of folds F in the
For example, as the number of stages of the
[2-2.性状に関するパラメータ]
本実施形態のダンボール材100は、ダンボール材100の軽量化を図りつつ、様々な使用形態での使い勝手を良好にする観点に立脚して、性状に関する構成を備えている。具体的には、以下に列挙する観点I,IIの少なくとも一方の観点に立脚して、性状に関する所定の構成を備えている。
・観点 I :折り返された状態での屈曲性を確保すること
・観点 II :物品を包装したときの緩衝性を確保すること
上記の「屈曲性」は、ダンボール材100の屈曲させやすさに対応する性質であり、ダンボール材100の折り返された状態の維持されやすさに対応する性質と言うこともできる。屈曲性が「良好」であれば、ダンボール材100を屈曲させやすく、ダンボール材100の折り返された状態が維持されやすい。屈曲性が「不十分」であれば、ダンボール材100を屈曲させにくく、ダンボール材100の折り返された状態が維持されにくい。
上記の「緩衝性」は、ダンボール材100によって衝撃を緩和する性質である。この「緩衝性」は、ダンボール材100に包装された物品の保護性とも言える。緩衝性が「良好」であれば、ダンボール材100によって衝撃を緩和しやすく、ダンボール材100に包装された物品が保護されやすい。緩衝性が「不十分」であれば、ダンボール材100によって衝撃を緩和しにくく、ダンボール材100に包装された物品が保護されにくい。 [2-2. Parameters related to properties]
Thecorrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a structure related to properties, based on the viewpoint of improving usability in various usage forms while reducing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material 100. Specifically, it has a predetermined configuration regarding properties based on at least one of the viewpoints I and II listed below.
-Viewpoint I: Ensuring flexibility in the folded state-Viewpoint II: Ensuring cushioning when the article is packaged The above "flexibility" corresponds to the flexibility of thecorrugated cardboard material 100. It can be said that the corrugated cardboard material 100 has a property of being easily maintained in a folded state. When the flexibility is "good", the corrugated cardboard material 100 is easily bent, and the folded state of the corrugated cardboard material 100 is easily maintained. If the flexibility is "insufficient", it is difficult to bend the corrugated cardboard material 100, and it is difficult to maintain the folded state of the corrugated cardboard material 100.
The above-mentioned "buffering property" is a property of cushioning the impact by thecorrugated cardboard material 100. This "buffering property" can also be said to be the protective property of the article packaged in the cardboard material 100. If the cushioning property is "good", the corrugated cardboard material 100 can easily absorb the impact, and the article packaged in the corrugated cardboard material 100 can be easily protected. If the cushioning property is "insufficient", it is difficult for the cardboard material 100 to cushion the impact, and it is difficult to protect the article packaged in the cardboard material 100.
本実施形態のダンボール材100は、ダンボール材100の軽量化を図りつつ、様々な使用形態での使い勝手を良好にする観点に立脚して、性状に関する構成を備えている。具体的には、以下に列挙する観点I,IIの少なくとも一方の観点に立脚して、性状に関する所定の構成を備えている。
・観点 I :折り返された状態での屈曲性を確保すること
・観点 II :物品を包装したときの緩衝性を確保すること
上記の「屈曲性」は、ダンボール材100の屈曲させやすさに対応する性質であり、ダンボール材100の折り返された状態の維持されやすさに対応する性質と言うこともできる。屈曲性が「良好」であれば、ダンボール材100を屈曲させやすく、ダンボール材100の折り返された状態が維持されやすい。屈曲性が「不十分」であれば、ダンボール材100を屈曲させにくく、ダンボール材100の折り返された状態が維持されにくい。
上記の「緩衝性」は、ダンボール材100によって衝撃を緩和する性質である。この「緩衝性」は、ダンボール材100に包装された物品の保護性とも言える。緩衝性が「良好」であれば、ダンボール材100によって衝撃を緩和しやすく、ダンボール材100に包装された物品が保護されやすい。緩衝性が「不十分」であれば、ダンボール材100によって衝撃を緩和しにくく、ダンボール材100に包装された物品が保護されにくい。 [2-2. Parameters related to properties]
The
-Viewpoint I: Ensuring flexibility in the folded state-Viewpoint II: Ensuring cushioning when the article is packaged The above "flexibility" corresponds to the flexibility of the
The above-mentioned "buffering property" is a property of cushioning the impact by the
上記の観点I,IIは、共通の序数I,IIが記された下記の課題I,IIを解決するための観点である。
・課題 I :屈曲性が不十分であること
・課題 II :外部からの衝撃に対する緩衝性が不十分であること The above viewpoints I and II are viewpoints for solving the following problems I and II in which common ordinals I and II are described.
・ Problem I: Insufficient flexibility ・ Problem II: Insufficient cushioning against external impact
・課題 I :屈曲性が不十分であること
・課題 II :外部からの衝撃に対する緩衝性が不十分であること The above viewpoints I and II are viewpoints for solving the following problems I and II in which common ordinals I and II are described.
・ Problem I: Insufficient flexibility ・ Problem II: Insufficient cushioning against external impact
上記の観点IおよびII,課題IおよびIIに対応する所定の構成には、以下に示す構成aおよびbの少なくとも一つが含まれる。
・構成a:下記の構成1および構成2を含む
・構成1:ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下であること
・構成2:中芯の坪量が第二上限値以下であること
・構成b:下記の構成3および構成4を含む
・構成3:上記の構成1であること
・構成4:平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲であること The predetermined configurations corresponding to the above viewpoints I and II and tasks I and II include at least one of the following configurations a and b.
-Structure a: Includes the followingconfigurations 1 and 2-Configuration 1: Liner basis weight is less than or equal to the first upper limit value-Configuration 2: Core basis weight is less than or equal to the second upper limit b: Includes the following configurations 3 and 4 ・ Configuration 3: Must be the above configuration 1 ・ Configuration 4: Planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range
・構成a:下記の構成1および構成2を含む
・構成1:ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下であること
・構成2:中芯の坪量が第二上限値以下であること
・構成b:下記の構成3および構成4を含む
・構成3:上記の構成1であること
・構成4:平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲であること The predetermined configurations corresponding to the above viewpoints I and II and tasks I and II include at least one of the following configurations a and b.
-Structure a: Includes the following
<構成a>
構成aは、上述のように、「ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下である構成1」と「中芯の坪量が第二上限値以下である構成2」とを含んでいる。
構成1の「ライナの坪量」は、表ライナ100aの坪量と裏ライナ100bの坪量とを含む。
構成2の「中芯の坪量」は、中芯100cの坪量である。
「坪量」は、一枚あたりの原紙の重さを表すパラメータであり、原紙の平方メートル当たりのグラム数[g/m2]で表される。 <Structure a>
As described above, the configuration a includes "configuration 1 in which the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value" and "configuration 2 in which the basis weight of the core is equal to or less than the second upper limit value".
The “liner basis weight” ofconfiguration 1 includes the basis weight of the front liner 100a and the basis weight of the back liner 100b.
The “core basis weight” ofconfiguration 2 is the basis weight of the core 100c.
"Basis weight" is a parameter representing the weight of the base paper per sheet, and is expressed by the number of grams [g / m 2 ] per square meter of the base paper.
構成aは、上述のように、「ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下である構成1」と「中芯の坪量が第二上限値以下である構成2」とを含んでいる。
構成1の「ライナの坪量」は、表ライナ100aの坪量と裏ライナ100bの坪量とを含む。
構成2の「中芯の坪量」は、中芯100cの坪量である。
「坪量」は、一枚あたりの原紙の重さを表すパラメータであり、原紙の平方メートル当たりのグラム数[g/m2]で表される。 <Structure a>
As described above, the configuration a includes "
The “liner basis weight” of
The “core basis weight” of
"Basis weight" is a parameter representing the weight of the base paper per sheet, and is expressed by the number of grams [g / m 2 ] per square meter of the base paper.
本願の発明者らは、ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下であり中芯の坪量が第二上限値以下であれば、上述の課題Iが抑えられる傾向にあるとの知見を得た。逆に言えば、第一上限値よりも大きいライナの坪量や第二上限値よりも大きい中芯の坪量のダンボール材100は、課題Iが生じやすい傾向にあることを見出した。
つまり、ダンボール材100には、上述の観点Iに立脚して構成aが備えられている。 The inventors of the present application have found that if the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value and the basis weight of the core is equal to or less than the second upper limit value, the above-mentioned problem I tends to be suppressed. .. Conversely, it has been found that thecorrugated cardboard material 100 having a liner basis weight larger than the first upper limit value and a core basis weight basis larger than the second upper limit value tends to cause problem I.
That is, thecorrugated cardboard material 100 is provided with the configuration a based on the above-mentioned viewpoint I.
つまり、ダンボール材100には、上述の観点Iに立脚して構成aが備えられている。 The inventors of the present application have found that if the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value and the basis weight of the core is equal to or less than the second upper limit value, the above-mentioned problem I tends to be suppressed. .. Conversely, it has been found that the
That is, the
ライナの坪量が第一上限値よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が第二上限値よりも大きい場合、ダンボール材100を折り返したとき折りに対する反発力が大きくなり、課題Iを招くものと推察される。
第一上限値は90[g/m2]であり、87[g/m2]であることが好ましく、85[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。
第二上限値は150[g/m2]であり、130[g/m2]であることが好ましく、110[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。 If the basis weight of the liner is larger than the first upper limit value, or if the basis weight of the core is larger than the second upper limit value, the repulsive force against folding becomes large when thecardboard material 100 is folded back, which causes problem I. It is presumed to be.
The first upper limit is 90 [g / m 2 ], preferably 87 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 85 [g / m 2 ].
The second upper limit is 150 [g / m 2 ], preferably 130 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 110 [g / m 2 ].
第一上限値は90[g/m2]であり、87[g/m2]であることが好ましく、85[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。
第二上限値は150[g/m2]であり、130[g/m2]であることが好ましく、110[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。 If the basis weight of the liner is larger than the first upper limit value, or if the basis weight of the core is larger than the second upper limit value, the repulsive force against folding becomes large when the
The first upper limit is 90 [g / m 2 ], preferably 87 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 85 [g / m 2 ].
The second upper limit is 150 [g / m 2 ], preferably 130 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 110 [g / m 2 ].
一方、ライナの坪量や中芯の坪量を小さくし過ぎるとダンボール材1の強度を確保できないおそれがある。
そこで、ダンボール材100の強度を確保する観点から、ライナの坪量が第一下限値以上であるか、または、中芯の坪量が第二下限値以上であることが好ましい。
第一下限値は35[g/m2]であり、37[g/m2]であることが好ましく、45[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。
第二下限値は45[g/m2]であり、47[g/m2]であることが好ましく、55[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。 On the other hand, if the basis weight of the liner or the basis weight of the core is too small, the strength of thecorrugated cardboard material 1 may not be ensured.
Therefore, from the viewpoint of ensuring the strength of thecorrugated cardboard material 100, it is preferable that the basis weight of the liner is at least the first lower limit value, or the basis weight of the core is at least the second lower limit value.
The first lower limit is 35 [g / m 2 ], preferably 37 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 45 [g / m 2 ].
The second lower limit is 45 [g / m 2 ], preferably 47 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 55 [g / m 2 ].
そこで、ダンボール材100の強度を確保する観点から、ライナの坪量が第一下限値以上であるか、または、中芯の坪量が第二下限値以上であることが好ましい。
第一下限値は35[g/m2]であり、37[g/m2]であることが好ましく、45[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。
第二下限値は45[g/m2]であり、47[g/m2]であることが好ましく、55[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。 On the other hand, if the basis weight of the liner or the basis weight of the core is too small, the strength of the
Therefore, from the viewpoint of ensuring the strength of the
The first lower limit is 35 [g / m 2 ], preferably 37 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 45 [g / m 2 ].
The second lower limit is 45 [g / m 2 ], preferably 47 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 55 [g / m 2 ].
JIS 3902:2011規格に準拠する一般的なダンボール用ライナの坪量は、LA級,LB級で170[g/m2]以上であり、LC級で160[g/m2]以上である。また、JIS 3904:2011規格に準拠する一般的なダンボール用中芯の坪量は、MA級で180[g/m2]以上であり、MB級で120[g/m2]以上であり、MC級で110[g/m2]以上である。そのため、上記の構成aを備えたダンボール材100は、一般的なダンボール材に比べて軽量化されたものと言える。
なお、上記の坪量に、縦寸法L1および横寸法L2とシート2の段数N+1とを乗算すれば、ダンボール材100の重量が算出される。 The basis weight of a general corrugated cardboard liner conforming to JIS 3902: 2011 standard is 170 [g / m 2 ] or more for LA class and LB class, and 160 [g / m 2 ] or more for LC class. In addition, the basis weight of a general corrugated cardboard core conforming to JIS 3904: 2011 standard is 180 [g / m 2 ] or more for MA class and 120 [g / m 2 ] or more for MB class. It is 110 [g / m 2 ] or more in MC class. Therefore, it can be said that thecorrugated cardboard material 100 having the above configuration a is lighter than the general corrugated cardboard material.
The weight of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 is calculated by multiplying the above basis weight by the vertical dimension L1 and the horizontal dimension L2 and the number of steps N + 1 of the sheet 2.
なお、上記の坪量に、縦寸法L1および横寸法L2とシート2の段数N+1とを乗算すれば、ダンボール材100の重量が算出される。 The basis weight of a general corrugated cardboard liner conforming to JIS 3902: 2011 standard is 170 [g / m 2 ] or more for LA class and LB class, and 160 [g / m 2 ] or more for LC class. In addition, the basis weight of a general corrugated cardboard core conforming to JIS 3904: 2011 standard is 180 [g / m 2 ] or more for MA class and 120 [g / m 2 ] or more for MB class. It is 110 [g / m 2 ] or more in MC class. Therefore, it can be said that the
The weight of the
<構成b>
構成bは、「ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下である構成3」と「平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲である構成4」とを含む。
構成3は、構成aに関して説明した構成1と同様な構成である。
構成4の「平面圧縮強さ」は、シート102(ダンボール材100)を厚み方向(高さ方向,TD方向)に圧縮したときの強さであり、ダンボール材100のつぶれにくさに対応するパラメータである。 <Structure b>
Configuration b includes “configuration 3 in which the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value” and “configuration 4 in which the planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range”.
Theconfiguration 3 is the same configuration as the configuration 1 described with respect to the configuration a.
The "planar compressive strength" of theconfiguration 4 is the strength when the sheet 102 (cardboard material 100) is compressed in the thickness direction (height direction, TD direction), and is a parameter corresponding to the crush resistance of the cardboard material 100. Is.
構成bは、「ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下である構成3」と「平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲である構成4」とを含む。
構成3は、構成aに関して説明した構成1と同様な構成である。
構成4の「平面圧縮強さ」は、シート102(ダンボール材100)を厚み方向(高さ方向,TD方向)に圧縮したときの強さであり、ダンボール材100のつぶれにくさに対応するパラメータである。 <Structure b>
Configuration b includes “
The
The "planar compressive strength" of the
本発明者らは、ライナの坪量が第一上限値以下であって平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲であれば、上述の課題IIが抑えられる傾向にあるとの知見を得た。逆に言えば、第一上限値よりも大きいライナの坪量のダンボール材100や、平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲外のダンボール材100は、課題IIが生じやすい傾向にあることを見出した。
つまり、ダンボール材100には、上述の観点IIに立脚して構成bが備えられている。 The present inventors have found that if the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value and the planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range, the above-mentioned Problem II tends to be suppressed. Conversely, it was found that thecorrugated cardboard material 100 having a basis weight of the liner larger than the first upper limit value and the corrugated cardboard material 100 whose plane compressive strength is outside the predetermined strength range tend to cause the problem II. It was.
That is, thecorrugated cardboard material 100 is provided with the configuration b based on the above-mentioned viewpoint II.
つまり、ダンボール材100には、上述の観点IIに立脚して構成bが備えられている。 The present inventors have found that if the basis weight of the liner is equal to or less than the first upper limit value and the planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range, the above-mentioned Problem II tends to be suppressed. Conversely, it was found that the
That is, the
平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲を下回っていると、ダンボール材100の強度が不十分となり外部から衝撃が加えられたときに衝撃を吸収できずに、課題IIを招くものと推察される。
一方、平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲を上回っていると、ダンボール材100の強さ(こわさ)が大きくなり、外部から加えられた衝撃が吸収されずに包装対象の物品に伝達されて、課題IIを招くものと推察される。平面圧縮強さが強さ範囲内であってもライナの坪量が第一上限値よりも大きい場合も、ライナの強さ(こわさ)が大きくなり、外部から加えられた衝撃が吸収されずに包装対象の物品に伝達され、課題IIを招くものと推察される。 If the planar compressive strength is less than the predetermined strength range, it is presumed that the strength of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 becomes insufficient and the impact cannot be absorbed when an impact is applied from the outside, leading to Problem II. ..
On the other hand, when the planar compressive strength exceeds a predetermined strength range, the strength (stiffness) of thecorrugated cardboard material 100 increases, and the impact applied from the outside is transmitted to the article to be packaged without being absorbed. , It is presumed that it will lead to Problem II. Even if the planar compressive strength is within the strength range, even if the basis weight of the liner is larger than the first upper limit value, the strength (stiffness) of the liner becomes large and the impact applied from the outside is not absorbed. It is presumed that it will be transmitted to the article to be packaged and cause problem II.
一方、平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲を上回っていると、ダンボール材100の強さ(こわさ)が大きくなり、外部から加えられた衝撃が吸収されずに包装対象の物品に伝達されて、課題IIを招くものと推察される。平面圧縮強さが強さ範囲内であってもライナの坪量が第一上限値よりも大きい場合も、ライナの強さ(こわさ)が大きくなり、外部から加えられた衝撃が吸収されずに包装対象の物品に伝達され、課題IIを招くものと推察される。 If the planar compressive strength is less than the predetermined strength range, it is presumed that the strength of the
On the other hand, when the planar compressive strength exceeds a predetermined strength range, the strength (stiffness) of the
構成3の「第一上限値」は上記の構成aに関して説明した構成の「第一上限値」と同様である。具体的には、第一上限値は、90[g/m2]であり、87[g/m2]であることが好ましく、85[g/m2]であることがより好ましい。
構成4の「所定の強さ範囲」は、210[N]以上であって1000[N]以下であり、230[N]以上であって980[N]以下であることが好ましく、250[N]以上であって960[N]以下であることがより好ましい。 The "first upper limit value" of theconfiguration 3 is the same as the "first upper limit value" of the configuration described with respect to the above configuration a. Specifically, the first upper limit value is 90 [g / m 2 ], preferably 87 [g / m 2 ], and more preferably 85 [g / m 2 ].
The "predetermined strength range" of theconfiguration 4 is preferably 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, 230 [N] or more and 980 [N] or less, and preferably 250 [N] or less. ] Or more, and more preferably 960 [N] or less.
構成4の「所定の強さ範囲」は、210[N]以上であって1000[N]以下であり、230[N]以上であって980[N]以下であることが好ましく、250[N]以上であって960[N]以下であることがより好ましい。 The "first upper limit value" of the
The "predetermined strength range" of the
[3.作用および効果]
(1)本実施形態のダンボール材100は、ライナの坪量の上限が第一上限値であり中芯の坪量の上限が第二上限値とする構成aを備えることから、ダンボール材100の重量を抑えつつ、折り返したときの屈曲性を確保できる。 [3. Action and effect]
(1) Thecorrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a configuration a in which the upper limit of the basis weight of the liner is the first upper limit value and the upper limit of the basis weight of the core is the second upper limit value. It is possible to secure flexibility when folded back while suppressing the weight.
(1)本実施形態のダンボール材100は、ライナの坪量の上限が第一上限値であり中芯の坪量の上限が第二上限値とする構成aを備えることから、ダンボール材100の重量を抑えつつ、折り返したときの屈曲性を確保できる。 [3. Action and effect]
(1) The
(2)本実施形態のダンボール材100は、本実施形態のダンボール材100は、ライナの坪量の上限が第一上限値であり、平面圧縮強さが所定の強さ範囲とする構成bを備えることから、ダンボール材100の重量をおさえつつ、緩衝性を確保できる。
(2) The corrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a configuration b in which the upper limit of the basis weight of the liner is the first upper limit value and the planar compressive strength is within a predetermined strength range. Since the cardboard material 100 is provided, the cushioning property can be ensured while suppressing the weight of the corrugated cardboard material 100.
(3)本実施形態のダンボール材100は、折畳構造(蛇腹折り)であって、ライナの坪量の上限が第一上限値であり中芯の坪量の上限が第二上限値とする構成aを備えることから、重量を抑えつつ、屈曲性を確保できる。
(4)本項目[3]の(1)~(3)に係るダンボール材100によれば、様々な使用形態での使い勝手を向上させた軽量ダンボール材を提供できる。例えば、レターパックのような包装用品に用いる資材として本実施形態のダンボール材100は適している。また、製函システムの製函用資材として、本実施形態のダンボール材100は適している。 (3) Thecorrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment has a folding structure (bellows folding), and the upper limit of the basis weight of the liner is the first upper limit value and the upper limit of the basis weight of the core is the second upper limit value. Since the configuration a is provided, flexibility can be ensured while suppressing the weight.
(4) According to thecorrugated cardboard material 100 according to (1) to (3) of the present item [3], it is possible to provide a lightweight corrugated cardboard material having improved usability in various usage forms. For example, the cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment is suitable as a material used for packaging products such as letter packs. Further, the corrugated cardboard material 100 of the present embodiment is suitable as a box-making material for a box-making system.
(4)本項目[3]の(1)~(3)に係るダンボール材100によれば、様々な使用形態での使い勝手を向上させた軽量ダンボール材を提供できる。例えば、レターパックのような包装用品に用いる資材として本実施形態のダンボール材100は適している。また、製函システムの製函用資材として、本実施形態のダンボール材100は適している。 (3) The
(4) According to the
[I-II.実施例]
以下、実施例および比較例を挙げて本発明の第一実施形態を具体的に説明する。ただし、本発明の第一実施形態は、下記の実施例に限定されるものではない。 [I-II. Example]
Hereinafter, the first embodiment of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples. However, the first embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
以下、実施例および比較例を挙げて本発明の第一実施形態を具体的に説明する。ただし、本発明の第一実施形態は、下記の実施例に限定されるものではない。 [I-II. Example]
Hereinafter, the first embodiment of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples. However, the first embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
<測定対象>
――測定ダンボール材の構成――
まず、パラメータの測定される対象となるダンボール材(以下「測定ダンボール材」と称する)の構成を説明する。
測定ダンボール材は、両面ダンボールのシートであり、下記のサイズである。
・ サ イ ズ : 縦寸法1300[mm],
横寸法1150[mm],
高さ寸法1800[mm] <Measurement target>
--Composition of measured corrugated cardboard material--
First, the configuration of the corrugated cardboard material (hereinafter referred to as “measured corrugated cardboard material”) whose parameters are measured will be described.
The measurement corrugated cardboard material is a double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet and has the following size.
・ Size: Vertical dimension 1300 [mm],
Horizontal dimension 1150 [mm],
Height dimension 1800 [mm]
――測定ダンボール材の構成――
まず、パラメータの測定される対象となるダンボール材(以下「測定ダンボール材」と称する)の構成を説明する。
測定ダンボール材は、両面ダンボールのシートであり、下記のサイズである。
・ サ イ ズ : 縦寸法1300[mm],
横寸法1150[mm],
高さ寸法1800[mm] <Measurement target>
--Composition of measured corrugated cardboard material--
First, the configuration of the corrugated cardboard material (hereinafter referred to as “measured corrugated cardboard material”) whose parameters are measured will be described.
The measurement corrugated cardboard material is a double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet and has the following size.
・ Size: Vertical dimension 1300 [mm],
Horizontal dimension 1150 [mm],
Height dimension 1800 [mm]
測定ダンボール材は、以下に示す五種のフルートのうち何れか一つのフルートを採用した。
・ A フルート
・ B フルート
・ C フルート
・ ABフルート
・ ACフルート As the corrugated cardboard material, one of the five types of flutes shown below was used.
・ A flute ・ B flute ・ C flute ・ AB flute ・ AC flute
・ A フルート
・ B フルート
・ C フルート
・ ABフルート
・ ACフルート As the corrugated cardboard material, one of the five types of flutes shown below was used.
・ A flute ・ B flute ・ C flute ・ AB flute ・ AC flute
また、測定ダンボール材は、以下に示す緒元の段繰りロールを有するコルゲータを用いて製造された。
>Aフルート
・ 段高 :4.5[mm]
・段山数:34[山/30cm]
>Bフルート
・ 段高 :2.5[mm]
・段山数:50[山/30cm]
>Cフルート
・ 段高 :3.5[mm]
・段山数:40[山/30cm]
>ABフルート
――Aフルート――
・ 段高 :4.5[mm]
・段山数:34[山/30cm]
――Bフルート――
・ 段高 :2.5[mm]
・段山数:50[山/30cm]
>ACフルート
――Aフルート――
・ 段高 :4.5[mm]
・段山数:34[山/30cm]
――Cフルート――
・ 段高 :3.5[mm]
・段山数:40[山/30cm]
なお、「段山数」とは、シートにおいて30[cm]あたりの山(段)の数に対応し、段目の波長で30[cm]を除算した数値に対応する。 In addition, the corrugated cardboard material to be measured was manufactured using a corrugator having a stepped roll of the specifications shown below.
> A flute ・ Step height: 4.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 34 [mountain / 30 cm]
> B flute ・ Step height: 2.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 50 [mountain / 30 cm]
> C flute ・ Step height: 3.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 40 [mountain / 30 cm]
> AB Flute ――A Flute――
・ Step height: 4.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 34 [mountain / 30 cm]
--B flute--
・ Step height: 2.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 50 [mountain / 30 cm]
> AC flute ――A flute――
・ Step height: 4.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 34 [mountain / 30 cm]
--C flute--
・ Step height: 3.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 40 [mountain / 30 cm]
The "number of steps" corresponds to the number of peaks (steps) per 30 [cm] in the sheet, and corresponds to a numerical value obtained by dividing 30 [cm] by the wavelength of the step.
>Aフルート
・ 段高 :4.5[mm]
・段山数:34[山/30cm]
>Bフルート
・ 段高 :2.5[mm]
・段山数:50[山/30cm]
>Cフルート
・ 段高 :3.5[mm]
・段山数:40[山/30cm]
>ABフルート
――Aフルート――
・ 段高 :4.5[mm]
・段山数:34[山/30cm]
――Bフルート――
・ 段高 :2.5[mm]
・段山数:50[山/30cm]
>ACフルート
――Aフルート――
・ 段高 :4.5[mm]
・段山数:34[山/30cm]
――Cフルート――
・ 段高 :3.5[mm]
・段山数:40[山/30cm]
なお、「段山数」とは、シートにおいて30[cm]あたりの山(段)の数に対応し、段目の波長で30[cm]を除算した数値に対応する。 In addition, the corrugated cardboard material to be measured was manufactured using a corrugator having a stepped roll of the specifications shown below.
> A flute ・ Step height: 4.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 34 [mountain / 30 cm]
> B flute ・ Step height: 2.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 50 [mountain / 30 cm]
> C flute ・ Step height: 3.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 40 [mountain / 30 cm]
> AB Flute ――A Flute――
・ Step height: 4.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 34 [mountain / 30 cm]
--B flute--
・ Step height: 2.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 50 [mountain / 30 cm]
> AC flute ――A flute――
・ Step height: 4.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 34 [mountain / 30 cm]
--C flute--
・ Step height: 3.5 [mm]
・ Number of steps: 40 [mountain / 30 cm]
The "number of steps" corresponds to the number of peaks (steps) per 30 [cm] in the sheet, and corresponds to a numerical value obtained by dividing 30 [cm] by the wavelength of the step.
――前処理――
パラメータの測定対象である測定ダンボール材またはその一部は、JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態としたうえで、各パラメータを測定した。
そのほか、ライナ原紙と中芯原紙とを貼合するダンボール用接着剤には、通常用いられるワンタンク方式の澱粉糊を使用した。また、測定ダンボール材は、段繰りロールを有するコルゲータを用いて製造した。 --Preprocessing--
The measurement cardboard material or a part thereof, which is the measurement target of the parameters, was pretreated for 24 hours or more under the temperature and humidity conditions of temperature 23 [° C.] and humidity 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. After setting the state, each parameter was measured.
In addition, a commonly used one-tank type starch paste was used as the cardboard adhesive for bonding the liner base paper and the core base paper. Further, the corrugated cardboard material to be measured was manufactured using a corrugator having a stepped roll.
パラメータの測定対象である測定ダンボール材またはその一部は、JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態としたうえで、各パラメータを測定した。
そのほか、ライナ原紙と中芯原紙とを貼合するダンボール用接着剤には、通常用いられるワンタンク方式の澱粉糊を使用した。また、測定ダンボール材は、段繰りロールを有するコルゲータを用いて製造した。 --Preprocessing--
The measurement cardboard material or a part thereof, which is the measurement target of the parameters, was pretreated for 24 hours or more under the temperature and humidity conditions of temperature 23 [° C.] and humidity 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. After setting the state, each parameter was measured.
In addition, a commonly used one-tank type starch paste was used as the cardboard adhesive for bonding the liner base paper and the core base paper. Further, the corrugated cardboard material to be measured was manufactured using a corrugator having a stepped roll.
<パラメータ>
――坪量の測定――
下記表3~表5に示すように、実施例1~16および比較例17~19では、下記のライナ原紙を用いた。
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 30[g/m2]
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 40[g/m2]
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 50[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 60[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 70[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 80[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙)坪量100[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙)坪量170[g/m2]〔OFK170:王子マテリア株式会社製〕
これらライナ原紙のうち、坪量30[g/m2]のライナ原紙と坪量40[g/m2]のライナ原紙とは、特許6213364号公報のダンボール用ライナの製造方法に従い作製された。 <Parameter>
--Measurement of basis weight--
As shown in Tables 3 to 5 below, the following liner base papers were used in Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19.
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 30 [g / m 2 ]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 40 [g / m 2 ]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 50 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 60 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 70 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 80 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 100 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 170 [g / m 2 ] [OFK170: manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
Of these liner base papers, the liner base paper having a basis weight of 30 [g / m 2 ] and the liner base paper having a basis weight of 40 [g / m 2 ] were produced according to the method for producing a corrugated cardboard liner of Japanese Patent No. 6213364.
――坪量の測定――
下記表3~表5に示すように、実施例1~16および比較例17~19では、下記のライナ原紙を用いた。
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 30[g/m2]
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 40[g/m2]
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 50[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 60[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 70[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙) 坪量 80[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙)坪量100[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(ライナ原紙)坪量170[g/m2]〔OFK170:王子マテリア株式会社製〕
これらライナ原紙のうち、坪量30[g/m2]のライナ原紙と坪量40[g/m2]のライナ原紙とは、特許6213364号公報のダンボール用ライナの製造方法に従い作製された。 <Parameter>
--Measurement of basis weight--
As shown in Tables 3 to 5 below, the following liner base papers were used in Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19.
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 30 [g / m 2 ]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 40 [g / m 2 ]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 50 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 60 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 70 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 80 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 100 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Liner base paper) Basis weight 170 [g / m 2 ] [OFK170: manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
Of these liner base papers, the liner base paper having a basis weight of 30 [g / m 2 ] and the liner base paper having a basis weight of 40 [g / m 2 ] were produced according to the method for producing a corrugated cardboard liner of Japanese Patent No. 6213364.
下記表3~表5に示すように、実施例1~16および比較例17~19では、下記の中原紙を用いた。
・(中芯原紙) 坪量 40[g/m2]
・(中芯原紙) 坪量 50[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(中芯原紙)坪量100[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(中芯原紙)坪量120[g/m2]〔S120(OND-EM120):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(中芯原紙)坪量160[g/m2]〔S160(OND-EM160):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
これら中芯原紙のうち、坪量40[g/m2]の中芯原紙は特開2017-218721号公報のダンボール原紙の製造方法に従い作製された。なお、ABフルートを採用した実施例12,ACフルートを採用した実施例13では中ライナに中芯原紙を用いた。 As shown in Tables 3 to 5 below, the following medium base papers were used in Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19.
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 40 [g / m 2 ]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 50 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 100 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 120 [g / m 2 ] [S120 (OND-EM120): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 160 [g / m 2 ] [S160 (OND-EM160): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
Among these core base papers, the core base paper having a basis weight of 40 [g / m 2 ] was produced according to the method for producing a corrugated cardboard base paper of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-218721. In Example 12 in which the AB flute was adopted and Example 13 in which the AC flute was adopted, a core base paper was used for the middle liner.
・(中芯原紙) 坪量 40[g/m2]
・(中芯原紙) 坪量 50[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(中芯原紙)坪量100[g/m2]〔OK未晒クラフト(軽包装用):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(中芯原紙)坪量120[g/m2]〔S120(OND-EM120):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
・(中芯原紙)坪量160[g/m2]〔S160(OND-EM160):王子マテリア株式会社製〕
これら中芯原紙のうち、坪量40[g/m2]の中芯原紙は特開2017-218721号公報のダンボール原紙の製造方法に従い作製された。なお、ABフルートを採用した実施例12,ACフルートを採用した実施例13では中ライナに中芯原紙を用いた。 As shown in Tables 3 to 5 below, the following medium base papers were used in Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19.
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 40 [g / m 2 ]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 50 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 100 [g / m 2 ] [OK unbleached craft (for light packaging): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 120 [g / m 2 ] [S120 (OND-EM120): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
・ (Core base paper) Basis weight 160 [g / m 2 ] [S160 (OND-EM160): manufactured by Oji Materia Co., Ltd.]
Among these core base papers, the core base paper having a basis weight of 40 [g / m 2 ] was produced according to the method for producing a corrugated cardboard base paper of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-218721. In Example 12 in which the AB flute was adopted and Example 13 in which the AC flute was adopted, a core base paper was used for the middle liner.
測定ダンボール材をなすライナ(原紙)の坪量は、下記の手順ya~yfで測定される。
・手順ya:測定ダンボール材を水道水に15[分]間浸漬する。
・手順yb:手順yaで浸漬された測定ダンボール材のライナと中芯と手で引き剥がす。引き剥がす際、ライナや中芯に破れや裂けが生じた際は、新しい測定ダンボール材を準備し、再度、手順yaから作業を行い、きれいに引き剥がせるまで続ける。
・手順yc:手順ybで引き剥がしたライナを105[℃]の乾燥機で20[分]間乾燥する。
・手順yd:手順ycで乾燥されたライナを250[mm]×400[mm]サイズに切り出す。
・手順yd‘:場合により、手順ydで得られたサンプルをJIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理を施してもよい。
・手順ye:手順yd‘の温湿度環境下で、主順ydまたは手順yd‘で得られたライナの重量を電子天秤で測定する。
・手順yf:手順yeで測定された重量を単位平方メートルあたりの重量[g/m2]に換算する。 The basis weight of the liner (base paper) made of the corrugated cardboard material is measured by the following procedures ya to yf.
-Procedure ya: Immerse the measurement cardboard material in tap water for 15 [minutes].
-Procedure yb: The liner and core of the measurement cardboard material immersed in procedure ya are peeled off by hand. If the liner or core is torn or torn during peeling, prepare a new measurement cardboard material, perform the work from step ya again, and continue until it can be peeled off cleanly.
-Procedure yc: The liner peeled off in the procedure yb is dried in a dryer at 105 [° C.] for 20 [minutes].
-Procedure yd: The liner dried in the procedure yc is cut into a size of 250 [mm] x 400 [mm].
-Procedure yd': In some cases, the sample obtained in the procedure yd is pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. May be good.
-Procedure yes: In the temperature and humidity environment of procedure yd', the weight of the liner obtained in the main order yd or the procedure yd' is measured with an electronic balance.
-Procedure yf: The weight measured in the procedure y is converted into the weight per unit square meter [g / m 2].
・手順ya:測定ダンボール材を水道水に15[分]間浸漬する。
・手順yb:手順yaで浸漬された測定ダンボール材のライナと中芯と手で引き剥がす。引き剥がす際、ライナや中芯に破れや裂けが生じた際は、新しい測定ダンボール材を準備し、再度、手順yaから作業を行い、きれいに引き剥がせるまで続ける。
・手順yc:手順ybで引き剥がしたライナを105[℃]の乾燥機で20[分]間乾燥する。
・手順yd:手順ycで乾燥されたライナを250[mm]×400[mm]サイズに切り出す。
・手順yd‘:場合により、手順ydで得られたサンプルをJIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理を施してもよい。
・手順ye:手順yd‘の温湿度環境下で、主順ydまたは手順yd‘で得られたライナの重量を電子天秤で測定する。
・手順yf:手順yeで測定された重量を単位平方メートルあたりの重量[g/m2]に換算する。 The basis weight of the liner (base paper) made of the corrugated cardboard material is measured by the following procedures ya to yf.
-Procedure ya: Immerse the measurement cardboard material in tap water for 15 [minutes].
-Procedure yb: The liner and core of the measurement cardboard material immersed in procedure ya are peeled off by hand. If the liner or core is torn or torn during peeling, prepare a new measurement cardboard material, perform the work from step ya again, and continue until it can be peeled off cleanly.
-Procedure yc: The liner peeled off in the procedure yb is dried in a dryer at 105 [° C.] for 20 [minutes].
-Procedure yd: The liner dried in the procedure yc is cut into a size of 250 [mm] x 400 [mm].
-Procedure yd': In some cases, the sample obtained in the procedure yd is pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. May be good.
-Procedure yes: In the temperature and humidity environment of procedure yd', the weight of the liner obtained in the main order yd or the procedure yd' is measured with an electronic balance.
-Procedure yf: The weight measured in the procedure y is converted into the weight per unit square meter [g / m 2].
測定ダンボール材をなす中芯(原紙)の坪量は、下記の手順za~zgで測定される。
・手順za:測定ダンボール材を水道水に15[分]間浸漬する。
・手順zb:手順zaで浸漬された測定ダンボール材のライナと中芯と手で引き剥がす。引き剥がす際、ライナ、中芯に破れや裂けが生じた際は、新しい測定ダンボール材を準備し、再度、手順yaから作業を行い、きれいに引き剥がせるまで続ける。
・手順zc:手順zbで引き剥がした中芯を105[℃]の乾燥機で20[分]間乾燥する。
・手順ze:250[mm]×400[mm]サイズに中芯を切り出す。なお、波形構造が残す場合は、波を引き延ばしておさえながら本サイズに切り出す。得られたサンプルをJIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理を施す。
・手順zf:手順zeの温湿度条件下で、手順zeで得られた中芯の重量を電子天秤で測定する。
・手順zg:手順zfで測定された重量を単位平方メートルあたりの重量[g/m2]に換算する。 The basis weight of the core (base paper) forming the corrugated cardboard material is measured by the following procedure za to zg.
-Procedure za: Immerse the measurement cardboard material in tap water for 15 [minutes].
-Procedure zb: The liner, core and hand of the measurement cardboard material immersed in procedure z are peeled off by hand. If the liner or core is torn or torn during peeling, prepare a new measurement cardboard material, perform the work from step ya again, and continue until it can be peeled off cleanly.
-Procedure zc: The core peeled off in procedure zb is dried in a dryer at 105 [° C.] for 20 [minutes].
-Procedure ze: Cut out the core to a size of 250 [mm] x 400 [mm]. If the corrugated structure remains, cut it out to this size while stretching the wave. The obtained sample is pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
-Procedure zf: Under the temperature and humidity conditions of procedure ze, the weight of the core obtained in procedure ze is measured with an electronic balance.
-Procedure zg: The weight measured in procedure zf is converted into the weight per unit square meter [g / m 2 ].
・手順za:測定ダンボール材を水道水に15[分]間浸漬する。
・手順zb:手順zaで浸漬された測定ダンボール材のライナと中芯と手で引き剥がす。引き剥がす際、ライナ、中芯に破れや裂けが生じた際は、新しい測定ダンボール材を準備し、再度、手順yaから作業を行い、きれいに引き剥がせるまで続ける。
・手順zc:手順zbで引き剥がした中芯を105[℃]の乾燥機で20[分]間乾燥する。
・手順ze:250[mm]×400[mm]サイズに中芯を切り出す。なお、波形構造が残す場合は、波を引き延ばしておさえながら本サイズに切り出す。得られたサンプルをJIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理を施す。
・手順zf:手順zeの温湿度条件下で、手順zeで得られた中芯の重量を電子天秤で測定する。
・手順zg:手順zfで測定された重量を単位平方メートルあたりの重量[g/m2]に換算する。 The basis weight of the core (base paper) forming the corrugated cardboard material is measured by the following procedure za to zg.
-Procedure za: Immerse the measurement cardboard material in tap water for 15 [minutes].
-Procedure zb: The liner, core and hand of the measurement cardboard material immersed in procedure z are peeled off by hand. If the liner or core is torn or torn during peeling, prepare a new measurement cardboard material, perform the work from step ya again, and continue until it can be peeled off cleanly.
-Procedure zc: The core peeled off in procedure zb is dried in a dryer at 105 [° C.] for 20 [minutes].
-Procedure ze: Cut out the core to a size of 250 [mm] x 400 [mm]. If the corrugated structure remains, cut it out to this size while stretching the wave. The obtained sample is pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
-Procedure zf: Under the temperature and humidity conditions of procedure ze, the weight of the core obtained in procedure ze is measured with an electronic balance.
-Procedure zg: The weight measured in procedure zf is converted into the weight per unit square meter [g / m 2 ].
そのほか、測定される測定ダンボール材をなすライナや中芯の坪量は、測定ダンボール材の資材をなす原紙の坪量に対して、同じ原紙を測定対象にする場合であっても坪量の測定値が±10[%]程度は変動しうる。
In addition, the basis weight of the liner and core that make up the measured corrugated cardboard material is the basis weight of the base paper that makes up the material of the measured corrugated cardboard material, even if the same base paper is used as the measurement target. The value can fluctuate by about ± 10 [%].
――平面圧縮強さの測定――
測定ダンボール材について、下記の表3~表5に示す平面圧縮強さが測定された。
「平面圧縮強さ」は、測定ダンボール材のつぶれにくさに対応するパラメータである。この平面圧縮強さは、下記の手順A1~A4で測定した。 --Measurement of planar compressive strength--
For the corrugated cardboard material, the planar compressive strength shown in Tables 3 to 5 below was measured.
"Plane compressive strength" is a parameter corresponding to the resistance to crushing of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This planar compressive strength was measured by the following procedures A1 to A4.
測定ダンボール材について、下記の表3~表5に示す平面圧縮強さが測定された。
「平面圧縮強さ」は、測定ダンボール材のつぶれにくさに対応するパラメータである。この平面圧縮強さは、下記の手順A1~A4で測定した。 --Measurement of planar compressive strength--
For the corrugated cardboard material, the planar compressive strength shown in Tables 3 to 5 below was measured.
"Plane compressive strength" is a parameter corresponding to the resistance to crushing of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This planar compressive strength was measured by the following procedures A1 to A4.
・手順A1:測定ダンボール材の全段数Mが奇数の場合、半分の段数M/2の四捨五入した段(すなわち真ん中の段)を基準に上下五段分のシートを採取する。なお、試験片を採取するときに、段が潰れないように注意した。全段数Mが偶数の場合、半分の段数〔(M/2)+1〕を基準に上下五段分のシートを採取する。
・手順A2:手順A1で採取された10[枚]のシートから直径6.4[cm]の円形の試験片を切り出す。
・手順A3:手順A2で切り出された試験片の平面圧縮強さを下記の準拠規格,測定機器,試験速度・平行度の測定条件で測定する。なお、平行度とは、平面圧縮用の冶具の上下の平行度合いを表す。
>準拠規格:JIS Z 0403-1:1999
>測定機器:平面圧縮用の冶具(テスター産業株式会社製)を取り付けた圧縮試験機(株式会社エー・アンド・デイ製,RTF1350)
>試験速度(測定条件):12.5±2.5[m/min]
>平行度(測定条件):圧縮寸法の1/1000以下
・手順A4:手順A3で測定された平面圧縮強さから、測定結果の精度を低下させる外乱(要因)となりうる数値を除外して、平均値をとったものを平面圧縮強さとした。 -Procedure A1: When the total number of stages M of the measured corrugated cardboard material is odd, the upper and lower five stages of the sheet are collected based on the rounded stage (that is, the middle stage) of half the number of stages M / 2. When collecting the test pieces, care was taken not to crush the steps. When the total number of stages M is an even number, the sheets for the upper and lower five stages are collected based on the half number of stages [(M / 2) + 1].
-Procedure A2: A circular test piece having a diameter of 6.4 [cm] is cut out from the 10 [sheets] sheet collected in the procedure A1.
-Procedure A3: Measure the planar compressive strength of the test piece cut out in step A2 under the following compliant standards, measuring equipment, test speed and parallelism measurement conditions. The parallelism represents the degree of parallelism above and below the jig for plane compression.
> Compliant standard: JIS Z 0403-1: 1999
> Measuring equipment: Compression tester equipped with a jig for planar compression (manufactured by Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd.) (manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd., RTF1350)
> Test speed (measurement conditions): 12.5 ± 2.5 [m / min]
> Parallelism (measurement condition): 1/1000 or less of the compression dimension-Procedure A4: Exclude the numerical value that may be a disturbance (factor) that reduces the accuracy of the measurement result from the planar compressive strength measured in step A3. The average value was taken as the plane compressive strength.
・手順A2:手順A1で採取された10[枚]のシートから直径6.4[cm]の円形の試験片を切り出す。
・手順A3:手順A2で切り出された試験片の平面圧縮強さを下記の準拠規格,測定機器,試験速度・平行度の測定条件で測定する。なお、平行度とは、平面圧縮用の冶具の上下の平行度合いを表す。
>準拠規格:JIS Z 0403-1:1999
>測定機器:平面圧縮用の冶具(テスター産業株式会社製)を取り付けた圧縮試験機(株式会社エー・アンド・デイ製,RTF1350)
>試験速度(測定条件):12.5±2.5[m/min]
>平行度(測定条件):圧縮寸法の1/1000以下
・手順A4:手順A3で測定された平面圧縮強さから、測定結果の精度を低下させる外乱(要因)となりうる数値を除外して、平均値をとったものを平面圧縮強さとした。 -Procedure A1: When the total number of stages M of the measured corrugated cardboard material is odd, the upper and lower five stages of the sheet are collected based on the rounded stage (that is, the middle stage) of half the number of stages M / 2. When collecting the test pieces, care was taken not to crush the steps. When the total number of stages M is an even number, the sheets for the upper and lower five stages are collected based on the half number of stages [(M / 2) + 1].
-Procedure A2: A circular test piece having a diameter of 6.4 [cm] is cut out from the 10 [sheets] sheet collected in the procedure A1.
-Procedure A3: Measure the planar compressive strength of the test piece cut out in step A2 under the following compliant standards, measuring equipment, test speed and parallelism measurement conditions. The parallelism represents the degree of parallelism above and below the jig for plane compression.
> Compliant standard: JIS Z 0403-1: 1999
> Measuring equipment: Compression tester equipped with a jig for planar compression (manufactured by Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd.) (manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd., RTF1350)
> Test speed (measurement conditions): 12.5 ± 2.5 [m / min]
> Parallelism (measurement condition): 1/1000 or less of the compression dimension-Procedure A4: Exclude the numerical value that may be a disturbance (factor) that reduces the accuracy of the measurement result from the planar compressive strength measured in step A3. The average value was taken as the plane compressive strength.
本測定では、蛇腹折りのダンボール材における折目を考慮した測定と折目を考慮しない測定とを行うために、手順A2で切り出された円形の試験片に下記の折目を入れた試験片(「折目有」)と、折目の無い試験片(「折目無」)との二種の試験片を用意した。
・折目:円形の試験片の中心を通り、段目の方向に沿って延在する。
測定ダンボール材では、試験片(「折目有」)と試験片(「折目無」)との二種の試験片のそれぞれの平面圧縮強さが測定される。 In this measurement, in order to perform the measurement considering the crease in the bellows-folded cardboard material and the measurement not considering the crease, the test piece in which the following crease is made in the circular test piece cut out in step A2 ( Two types of test pieces were prepared, one with "creases") and the other without creases ("without creases").
-Fold: Passes through the center of the circular test piece and extends along the direction of the step.
In the corrugated cardboard material, the planar compressive strength of each of the two types of test pieces, the test piece (“with creases”) and the test piece (“without creases”), is measured.
・折目:円形の試験片の中心を通り、段目の方向に沿って延在する。
測定ダンボール材では、試験片(「折目有」)と試験片(「折目無」)との二種の試験片のそれぞれの平面圧縮強さが測定される。 In this measurement, in order to perform the measurement considering the crease in the bellows-folded cardboard material and the measurement not considering the crease, the test piece in which the following crease is made in the circular test piece cut out in step A2 ( Two types of test pieces were prepared, one with "creases") and the other without creases ("without creases").
-Fold: Passes through the center of the circular test piece and extends along the direction of the step.
In the corrugated cardboard material, the planar compressive strength of each of the two types of test pieces, the test piece (“with creases”) and the test piece (“without creases”), is measured.
試験片(折目有)の平面圧縮強さの測定では、上記の手順A2と手順A3との間に下記の手順Aa~手順Acを実施する。
・手順Aa:試験者が手で上記の手順A2で切り出された試験片を折目の位置で折り畳む。
・手順Ab:手順Aaで作成した試験片を平坦面に載置して、折目箇所に下記の圧着機器を当てて、折目箇所で圧着機器を約10[mm/s]の速度で二往復させる。その後、JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で試験片を24時間放置する。
>圧着機器:品名「テープ圧着ローラー(手動)」,安田精機製作所製,品番No.349,ローラー質量:1[kg]
・手順Ac:手順Abで放置した試験片(折目有り)の折目を開いた後に、上記の手順A3で平面圧縮強さを測定する。 In the measurement of the planar compressive strength of the test piece (with creases), the following procedures Aa to Ac are performed between the above steps A2 and A3.
-Procedure Aa: The examiner manually folds the test piece cut out in the above procedure A2 at the fold position.
-Procedure Ab: Place the test piece created in step Aa on a flat surface, apply the following crimping equipment to the creases, and place the crimping equipment at the creases at a speed of about 10 [mm / s]. Make it go back and forth. Then, the test piece is left for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
> Crimping equipment: Product name "Tape crimping roller (manual)", manufactured by Yasuda Seiki Seisakusho, product number No. 349, roller mass: 1 [kg]
-Procedure Ac: After opening the crease of the test piece (with crease) left in the procedure Ab, the planar compressive strength is measured in the above procedure A3.
・手順Aa:試験者が手で上記の手順A2で切り出された試験片を折目の位置で折り畳む。
・手順Ab:手順Aaで作成した試験片を平坦面に載置して、折目箇所に下記の圧着機器を当てて、折目箇所で圧着機器を約10[mm/s]の速度で二往復させる。その後、JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で試験片を24時間放置する。
>圧着機器:品名「テープ圧着ローラー(手動)」,安田精機製作所製,品番No.349,ローラー質量:1[kg]
・手順Ac:手順Abで放置した試験片(折目有り)の折目を開いた後に、上記の手順A3で平面圧縮強さを測定する。 In the measurement of the planar compressive strength of the test piece (with creases), the following procedures Aa to Ac are performed between the above steps A2 and A3.
-Procedure Aa: The examiner manually folds the test piece cut out in the above procedure A2 at the fold position.
-Procedure Ab: Place the test piece created in step Aa on a flat surface, apply the following crimping equipment to the creases, and place the crimping equipment at the creases at a speed of about 10 [mm / s]. Make it go back and forth. Then, the test piece is left for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
> Crimping equipment: Product name "Tape crimping roller (manual)", manufactured by Yasuda Seiki Seisakusho, product number No. 349, roller mass: 1 [kg]
-Procedure Ac: After opening the crease of the test piece (with crease) left in the procedure Ab, the planar compressive strength is measured in the above procedure A3.
――垂直圧縮強さの測定――
測定ダンボール材について、下記の表3~表5に示す垂直圧縮強さが測定された。
「垂直圧縮強さ」は、測定ダンボール材のつぶれにくさに対応するパラメータである。この垂直圧縮強さは、下記の手順B1~B4で測定した。 --Measurement of vertical compressive strength--
For the corrugated cardboard material, the vertical compressive strength shown in Tables 3 to 5 below was measured.
"Vertical compressive strength" is a parameter corresponding to the resistance to crushing of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This vertical compressive strength was measured by the following procedures B1 to B4.
測定ダンボール材について、下記の表3~表5に示す垂直圧縮強さが測定された。
「垂直圧縮強さ」は、測定ダンボール材のつぶれにくさに対応するパラメータである。この垂直圧縮強さは、下記の手順B1~B4で測定した。 --Measurement of vertical compressive strength--
For the corrugated cardboard material, the vertical compressive strength shown in Tables 3 to 5 below was measured.
"Vertical compressive strength" is a parameter corresponding to the resistance to crushing of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This vertical compressive strength was measured by the following procedures B1 to B4.
・手順B1:測定ダンボール材の全段数Mが奇数の場合、半分の段数M/2の四捨五入した段(すなわち真ん中の段)を基準に上下五段分のシートを採取する。なお、試験片を採取するときに、段が潰れないように注意した。全段数Mが偶数の場合、半分の段数〔(M/2)+1〕を基準に上下五段分のシートを採取する。
・手順B2:手順B1で採取された10[枚]のシートから下記の準拠規格に従う寸法および形状の試験片を切り出す。この試験片で段目は試験片の縦方向に平行な向きとする。
・手順B3:手順B2で切り出された試験片の垂直圧縮強さを下記の準拠規格,測定機器で測定する。
>準拠規格:JIS Z 0403-2:1999
>測定機器:圧縮試験機(株式会社エー・アンド・デイ製,RTF1350)
・手順B4:手順B3で測定された垂直圧縮強さから、測定結果の精度を低下させる外乱(要因)となりうる数値を除外して、平均値をとったものを平面圧縮強さとした。 -Procedure B1: When the total number of stages M of the measured corrugated cardboard material is odd, the upper and lower five stages of the sheet are collected based on the rounded stage (that is, the middle stage) of half the number of stages M / 2. When collecting the test pieces, care was taken not to crush the steps. When the total number of stages M is an even number, the sheets for the upper and lower five stages are collected based on the half number of stages [(M / 2) + 1].
-Procedure B2: A test piece having dimensions and shapes according to the following conforming standards is cut out from the 10 [sheets] sheet collected in step B1. In this test piece, the steps are oriented parallel to the vertical direction of the test piece.
-Procedure B3: Measure the vertical compressive strength of the test piece cut out in step B2 with the following compliant standard and measuring equipment.
> Compliant standard: JIS Z 0403-2: 1999
> Measuring equipment: Compression tester (manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd., RTF1350)
-Procedure B4: From the vertical compressive strength measured in step B3, the numerical value that could be a disturbance (factor) that reduces the accuracy of the measurement result was excluded, and the average value was taken as the planar compressive strength.
・手順B2:手順B1で採取された10[枚]のシートから下記の準拠規格に従う寸法および形状の試験片を切り出す。この試験片で段目は試験片の縦方向に平行な向きとする。
・手順B3:手順B2で切り出された試験片の垂直圧縮強さを下記の準拠規格,測定機器で測定する。
>準拠規格:JIS Z 0403-2:1999
>測定機器:圧縮試験機(株式会社エー・アンド・デイ製,RTF1350)
・手順B4:手順B3で測定された垂直圧縮強さから、測定結果の精度を低下させる外乱(要因)となりうる数値を除外して、平均値をとったものを平面圧縮強さとした。 -Procedure B1: When the total number of stages M of the measured corrugated cardboard material is odd, the upper and lower five stages of the sheet are collected based on the rounded stage (that is, the middle stage) of half the number of stages M / 2. When collecting the test pieces, care was taken not to crush the steps. When the total number of stages M is an even number, the sheets for the upper and lower five stages are collected based on the half number of stages [(M / 2) + 1].
-Procedure B2: A test piece having dimensions and shapes according to the following conforming standards is cut out from the 10 [sheets] sheet collected in step B1. In this test piece, the steps are oriented parallel to the vertical direction of the test piece.
-Procedure B3: Measure the vertical compressive strength of the test piece cut out in step B2 with the following compliant standard and measuring equipment.
> Compliant standard: JIS Z 0403-2: 1999
> Measuring equipment: Compression tester (manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd., RTF1350)
-Procedure B4: From the vertical compressive strength measured in step B3, the numerical value that could be a disturbance (factor) that reduces the accuracy of the measurement result was excluded, and the average value was taken as the planar compressive strength.
本測定では、蛇腹折りのダンボール材における折目を考慮した測定と折目を考慮しない測定とを行うために、準拠規格に従う試験片(「折目無」)と、準拠規格に従う試験片に下記の折目を入れた試験片(「折目入」)との二種の試験片を用意した。
・折目:試験片の横方向の中央を通り段目の方向に沿って(縦方向に)延在する。
測定ダンボール材では、試験片(「折目有」)と試験片(「折目無」)との二種の試験片のそれぞれの垂直圧縮強さが測定される。 In this measurement, in order to perform measurement considering creases in bellows-folded cardboard material and measurement not considering creases, the test pieces that comply with the compliant standard ("no creases") and the test pieces that comply with the compliant standard are listed below. Two types of test pieces were prepared, one with the test piece with the crease (“with crease”).
-Fold: Extends (vertically) along the direction of the step through the center of the test piece in the horizontal direction.
In the corrugated cardboard material, the vertical compressive strength of each of the two types of test pieces, the test piece (“with creases”) and the test piece (“without creases”), is measured.
・折目:試験片の横方向の中央を通り段目の方向に沿って(縦方向に)延在する。
測定ダンボール材では、試験片(「折目有」)と試験片(「折目無」)との二種の試験片のそれぞれの垂直圧縮強さが測定される。 In this measurement, in order to perform measurement considering creases in bellows-folded cardboard material and measurement not considering creases, the test pieces that comply with the compliant standard ("no creases") and the test pieces that comply with the compliant standard are listed below. Two types of test pieces were prepared, one with the test piece with the crease (“with crease”).
-Fold: Extends (vertically) along the direction of the step through the center of the test piece in the horizontal direction.
In the corrugated cardboard material, the vertical compressive strength of each of the two types of test pieces, the test piece (“with creases”) and the test piece (“without creases”), is measured.
試験片(折目有)の垂直圧縮強さの測定では、手順B2と手順B3との間で、上記の手順Aa~手順Acと同様な手順で試験片に上記の折目を付ける。すなわち、試験片を上記の折目の位置で折り畳み、折目箇所でテープ圧着ローラー(手動)を約10[mm/s]の速度で二往復し、温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で試験片を24時間放置した後に、試験片(折目有り)の折目を開いた後に、試験片(折目有)の垂直圧縮強さが測定される。
In the measurement of the vertical compressive strength of the test piece (with creases), the above creases are made in the test piece between steps B2 and B3 in the same procedure as in steps Aa to Ac. That is, the test piece is folded at the above-mentioned fold position, and the tape crimping roller (manual) is reciprocated twice at the fold position at a speed of about 10 [mm / s], and the temperature is 23 [° C.] and the humidity is 50 [%]. After leaving the test piece for 24 hours under the temperature and humidity conditions of the above, the creases of the test piece (with creases) are opened, and then the vertical compression strength of the test piece (with creases) is measured.
<評価>
――評価――
上記のようにしてライナの坪量と、中芯の坪量と、平面圧縮強さ(折目有)と、平面圧縮強さ(折目無)と、垂直圧縮強さ(折目有)と、垂直圧縮強さ(折目有)とが得られた実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材を対象に、下記の四種類の評価項目について、「◎」,「○」,「△」,「×」の四段階で評価した。
下記の四種類の評価項目のうち、緩衝性では「○」以上を良好な評価とし、「△」以下を不良な評価とした。そのほかの三種類の評価項目では「△」以上を良好な評価とし、「×」を不良な評価とした。
なお、下記の評価では、上記のパラメータを測定した測定ダンボール材とは異なる寸法の測定ダンボール材を用いるが、実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれは上記の測定されたパラメータを有するものとする。 <Evaluation>
--Evaluation--
As described above, the basis weight of the liner, the basis weight of the core, the planar compressive strength (with creases), the planar compressive strength (without creases), and the vertical compressive strength (with creases). For the measured cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in which the vertical compressive strength (with creases) was obtained, the following four types of evaluation items were "◎" and " It was evaluated on a four-point scale of "○", "△", and "×".
Of the following four types of evaluation items, in terms of buffering property, "○" or higher was regarded as a good evaluation, and "△" or less was regarded as a poor evaluation. In the other three types of evaluation items, "△" or higher was regarded as a good evaluation, and "x" was regarded as a poor evaluation.
In the following evaluation, the measured corrugated cardboard material having different dimensions from the measured corrugated cardboard material obtained by measuring the above parameters is used, but each of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 has the above measured parameters. It shall be.
――評価――
上記のようにしてライナの坪量と、中芯の坪量と、平面圧縮強さ(折目有)と、平面圧縮強さ(折目無)と、垂直圧縮強さ(折目有)と、垂直圧縮強さ(折目有)とが得られた実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材を対象に、下記の四種類の評価項目について、「◎」,「○」,「△」,「×」の四段階で評価した。
下記の四種類の評価項目のうち、緩衝性では「○」以上を良好な評価とし、「△」以下を不良な評価とした。そのほかの三種類の評価項目では「△」以上を良好な評価とし、「×」を不良な評価とした。
なお、下記の評価では、上記のパラメータを測定した測定ダンボール材とは異なる寸法の測定ダンボール材を用いるが、実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれは上記の測定されたパラメータを有するものとする。 <Evaluation>
--Evaluation--
As described above, the basis weight of the liner, the basis weight of the core, the planar compressive strength (with creases), the planar compressive strength (without creases), and the vertical compressive strength (with creases). For the measured cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in which the vertical compressive strength (with creases) was obtained, the following four types of evaluation items were "◎" and " It was evaluated on a four-point scale of "○", "△", and "×".
Of the following four types of evaluation items, in terms of buffering property, "○" or higher was regarded as a good evaluation, and "△" or less was regarded as a poor evaluation. In the other three types of evaluation items, "△" or higher was regarded as a good evaluation, and "x" was regarded as a poor evaluation.
In the following evaluation, the measured corrugated cardboard material having different dimensions from the measured corrugated cardboard material obtained by measuring the above parameters is used, but each of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 has the above measured parameters. It shall be.
――屈曲性――
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、屈曲性試験を実施して、屈曲性を評価した。
「屈曲性」は、測定段ボール材の屈曲させやすさに対応する評価基準であり、言い換えれば、測定ダンボール材を段目に沿う方向の罫線で折り返した状態を維持する性能の良否に対応する評価基準である。 --Flexibility--
Flexibility tests were performed on the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 to evaluate the flexibility.
"Flexibility" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the flexibility of the measured corrugated cardboard material, in other words, an evaluation corresponding to the quality of the performance of maintaining the state in which the measured corrugated cardboard material is folded back along the ruled line in the direction along the step. It is a standard.
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、屈曲性試験を実施して、屈曲性を評価した。
「屈曲性」は、測定段ボール材の屈曲させやすさに対応する評価基準であり、言い換えれば、測定ダンボール材を段目に沿う方向の罫線で折り返した状態を維持する性能の良否に対応する評価基準である。 --Flexibility--
Flexibility tests were performed on the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 to evaluate the flexibility.
"Flexibility" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the flexibility of the measured corrugated cardboard material, in other words, an evaluation corresponding to the quality of the performance of maintaining the state in which the measured corrugated cardboard material is folded back along the ruled line in the direction along the step. It is a standard.
屈曲性試験は、実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、下記の手順C1~手順C6で実施した。
手順C1:測定ダンボール材からランダムに下記の寸法の矩形状シート片を30[枚]切り取る。切り取ったシート片を「測定用シート」と呼ぶ。測定用シートで段目の方向は下記の横辺に平行とする。
>縦辺の寸法(縦寸法):340[mm]
>横辺の寸法(横寸法):248[mm]
手順C2:測定用シートの一対の横辺の一方に沿って幅20[mm]の両面テープを貼り付ける。両面テープは、測定用シートにおいて一方の横辺の延在する端部から測定用シートの中央部に向かって20[mm]の位置までの範囲に貼り付けられる。
手順C3:測定用シートにおいて一方の横辺の延在する端部から測定用シートの中央部に向かって50[mm]の位置に、段目に平行(横辺に平行き)に罫線をつける。それから、罫線を起点にして、罫線の沿う面で罫線に直交する方向に測定用シートの一方の横辺側を180[°]折り返し、罫線の箇所で折り畳んだ測定用シートを得る。
手順C4:手順C3で得た折り畳んだ測定用シートを平坦面に載置して、折り返し箇所(罫線の箇所)に下記の圧着機器を当てて、折り返し箇所で圧着機器を約10[mm/s]の速度で二往復させて、折り畳んだ測定用シートを均一な力で押圧する。
>圧着機器:品名「テープ圧着ローラー(手動)」,安田精機製作所製,品番No.349,ローラー質量:1[kg]
手順C5:手順C4で圧着した測定用シートをJIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間放置し、その後に両面テープの圧着に剥がれが生じているか否かを目視で観察する。
手順C6:手順C1~C5を、それぞれ粘着力の異なる下記の三種類のテープを用いて実施する。一種類のテープにつき、測定用シートを10[枚]ずつ使用して試験する。
>テープの種類〔いずれもニチバン株式会社製、テープ幅20[mm]〕
・第一のテープ:品番801-K(粘着力=3.90[N/10mm])
・第二のテープ:品番801 (粘着力=6.30[N/10mm])
・第三のテープ:品番812 (粘着力=8.19[N/10mm]) The flexibility test was performed on the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in the following procedures C1 to C6.
Step C1: Measure 30 [sheets] of rectangular sheet pieces with the following dimensions are randomly cut from the corrugated cardboard material. The cut sheet piece is called a "measurement sheet". The direction of the steps on the measurement sheet shall be parallel to the following horizontal sides.
> Vertical dimension (vertical dimension): 340 [mm]
> Horizontal side dimensions (horizontal dimensions): 248 [mm]
Step C2: A double-sided tape having a width of 20 [mm] is attached along one of the pair of horizontal sides of the measurement sheet. The double-sided tape is attached to the measurement sheet in a range from the extending end of one side to the position of 20 [mm] toward the center of the measurement sheet.
Step C3: On the measurement sheet, make a ruled line parallel to the step (parallel to the horizontal side) at a position 50 [mm] from the extending end of one of the horizontal sides toward the center of the measurement sheet. .. Then, starting from the ruled line, one side side of the measurement sheet is folded back 180 [°] in the direction orthogonal to the ruled line on the surface along the ruled line, and the measurement sheet is folded at the location of the ruled line.
Step C4: Place the folded measurement sheet obtained in step C3 on a flat surface, apply the following crimping device to the folded part (ruled line part), and place the crimping device at the folded part at about 10 [mm / s]. ], And press the folded measurement sheet with a uniform force.
> Crimping equipment: Product name "Tape crimping roller (manual)", manufactured by Yasuda Seiki Seisakusho, product number No. 349, roller mass: 1 [kg]
Step C5: The measurement sheet crimped in step C4 is left for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of temperature 23 [° C.] and humidity 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000, and then peeled off by crimping double-sided tape. Visually observe whether or not is occurring.
Procedure C6: Procedures C1 to C5 are carried out using the following three types of tapes having different adhesive strengths. Test using 10 [sheets] of measurement sheets for each type of tape.
> Types of tape [Nichiban Co., Ltd., tape width 20 [mm]]
-First tape: Part number 801-K (adhesive strength = 3.90 [N / 10 mm])
-Second tape: Part number 801 (adhesive strength = 6.30 [N / 10 mm])
-Third tape: Part number 812 (adhesive strength = 8.19 [N / 10 mm])
手順C1:測定ダンボール材からランダムに下記の寸法の矩形状シート片を30[枚]切り取る。切り取ったシート片を「測定用シート」と呼ぶ。測定用シートで段目の方向は下記の横辺に平行とする。
>縦辺の寸法(縦寸法):340[mm]
>横辺の寸法(横寸法):248[mm]
手順C2:測定用シートの一対の横辺の一方に沿って幅20[mm]の両面テープを貼り付ける。両面テープは、測定用シートにおいて一方の横辺の延在する端部から測定用シートの中央部に向かって20[mm]の位置までの範囲に貼り付けられる。
手順C3:測定用シートにおいて一方の横辺の延在する端部から測定用シートの中央部に向かって50[mm]の位置に、段目に平行(横辺に平行き)に罫線をつける。それから、罫線を起点にして、罫線の沿う面で罫線に直交する方向に測定用シートの一方の横辺側を180[°]折り返し、罫線の箇所で折り畳んだ測定用シートを得る。
手順C4:手順C3で得た折り畳んだ測定用シートを平坦面に載置して、折り返し箇所(罫線の箇所)に下記の圧着機器を当てて、折り返し箇所で圧着機器を約10[mm/s]の速度で二往復させて、折り畳んだ測定用シートを均一な力で押圧する。
>圧着機器:品名「テープ圧着ローラー(手動)」,安田精機製作所製,品番No.349,ローラー質量:1[kg]
手順C5:手順C4で圧着した測定用シートをJIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間放置し、その後に両面テープの圧着に剥がれが生じているか否かを目視で観察する。
手順C6:手順C1~C5を、それぞれ粘着力の異なる下記の三種類のテープを用いて実施する。一種類のテープにつき、測定用シートを10[枚]ずつ使用して試験する。
>テープの種類〔いずれもニチバン株式会社製、テープ幅20[mm]〕
・第一のテープ:品番801-K(粘着力=3.90[N/10mm])
・第二のテープ:品番801 (粘着力=6.30[N/10mm])
・第三のテープ:品番812 (粘着力=8.19[N/10mm]) The flexibility test was performed on the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in the following procedures C1 to C6.
Step C1: Measure 30 [sheets] of rectangular sheet pieces with the following dimensions are randomly cut from the corrugated cardboard material. The cut sheet piece is called a "measurement sheet". The direction of the steps on the measurement sheet shall be parallel to the following horizontal sides.
> Vertical dimension (vertical dimension): 340 [mm]
> Horizontal side dimensions (horizontal dimensions): 248 [mm]
Step C2: A double-sided tape having a width of 20 [mm] is attached along one of the pair of horizontal sides of the measurement sheet. The double-sided tape is attached to the measurement sheet in a range from the extending end of one side to the position of 20 [mm] toward the center of the measurement sheet.
Step C3: On the measurement sheet, make a ruled line parallel to the step (parallel to the horizontal side) at a position 50 [mm] from the extending end of one of the horizontal sides toward the center of the measurement sheet. .. Then, starting from the ruled line, one side side of the measurement sheet is folded back 180 [°] in the direction orthogonal to the ruled line on the surface along the ruled line, and the measurement sheet is folded at the location of the ruled line.
Step C4: Place the folded measurement sheet obtained in step C3 on a flat surface, apply the following crimping device to the folded part (ruled line part), and place the crimping device at the folded part at about 10 [mm / s]. ], And press the folded measurement sheet with a uniform force.
> Crimping equipment: Product name "Tape crimping roller (manual)", manufactured by Yasuda Seiki Seisakusho, product number No. 349, roller mass: 1 [kg]
Step C5: The measurement sheet crimped in step C4 is left for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of temperature 23 [° C.] and humidity 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000, and then peeled off by crimping double-sided tape. Visually observe whether or not is occurring.
Procedure C6: Procedures C1 to C5 are carried out using the following three types of tapes having different adhesive strengths. Test using 10 [sheets] of measurement sheets for each type of tape.
> Types of tape [Nichiban Co., Ltd., tape width 20 [mm]]
-First tape: Part number 801-K (adhesive strength = 3.90 [N / 10 mm])
-Second tape: Part number 801 (adhesive strength = 6.30 [N / 10 mm])
-Third tape: Part number 812 (adhesive strength = 8.19 [N / 10 mm])
上記の屈曲性は下記の基準で評価した。
・◎:第一~第三のテープはいずれも全く測定用シートから剥がれない。
・○:第一のテープのみが1[枚]以上の測定用シートから剥がれた。
・△:第一のテープと第二のテープとが1[枚]以上の測定用シートから剥がれた。
・×:第一~第三のテープのそれぞれが1[枚]以上の測定用シートから剥がれた。 The above flexibility was evaluated according to the following criteria.
-◎: None of the first to third tapes can be peeled off from the measurement sheet.
-○: Only the first tape was peeled off from the measurement sheet of 1 [sheet] or more.
-Δ: The first tape and the second tape were peeled off from one or more measurement sheets.
-X: Each of the first to third tapes was peeled off from one or more measurement sheets.
・◎:第一~第三のテープはいずれも全く測定用シートから剥がれない。
・○:第一のテープのみが1[枚]以上の測定用シートから剥がれた。
・△:第一のテープと第二のテープとが1[枚]以上の測定用シートから剥がれた。
・×:第一~第三のテープのそれぞれが1[枚]以上の測定用シートから剥がれた。 The above flexibility was evaluated according to the following criteria.
-◎: None of the first to third tapes can be peeled off from the measurement sheet.
-○: Only the first tape was peeled off from the measurement sheet of 1 [sheet] or more.
-Δ: The first tape and the second tape were peeled off from one or more measurement sheets.
-X: Each of the first to third tapes was peeled off from one or more measurement sheets.
実施例1~15は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であって中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、屈曲性の評価で「△」以上の良好な評価が得られた。特に、実施例1~6,8,14,15は、Bフルートで中芯の坪量が110[g/m2]以下であり、最も良好な「◎」の評価が得られた。
実施例7,9は、Bフルートで中芯の坪量が120[g/m2]であり、実施例1~6,8,14,15よりも劣る「〇」の評価が得られた。実施例12,13は、ダブルフルートであり、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量ならびに中芯の坪量が共通するシングルフルートの実施例2,10,11よりも劣る「△」の評価だった。 In Examples 1 to 15, the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the flexibility is evaluated. A good evaluation of "△" or higher was obtained. In particular, in Examples 1 to 6, 8, 14, and 15, the basis weight of the core of the B flute was 110 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the best evaluation of “⊚” was obtained.
In Examples 7 and 9, the basis weight of the core of the B flute was 120 [g / m 2 ], and the evaluation of “◯” was obtained, which was inferior to that of Examples 1 to 6, 8, 14, and 15. Examples 12 and 13 are double flutes, and are evaluated as “Δ”, which are inferior to Examples 2, 10 and 11 of single flutes in which the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner and the basis weight of the core are common. It was.
実施例7,9は、Bフルートで中芯の坪量が120[g/m2]であり、実施例1~6,8,14,15よりも劣る「〇」の評価が得られた。実施例12,13は、ダブルフルートであり、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量ならびに中芯の坪量が共通するシングルフルートの実施例2,10,11よりも劣る「△」の評価だった。 In Examples 1 to 15, the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the flexibility is evaluated. A good evaluation of "△" or higher was obtained. In particular, in Examples 1 to 6, 8, 14, and 15, the basis weight of the core of the B flute was 110 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the best evaluation of “⊚” was obtained.
In Examples 7 and 9, the basis weight of the core of the B flute was 120 [g / m 2 ], and the evaluation of “◯” was obtained, which was inferior to that of Examples 1 to 6, 8, 14, and 15. Examples 12 and 13 are double flutes, and are evaluated as “Δ”, which are inferior to Examples 2, 10 and 11 of single flutes in which the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner and the basis weight of the core are common. It was.
実施例16は表ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいが裏ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であって中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、屈曲性の評価で「〇」な評価が得られた。
一方、比較例17~19は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]よりも大きく、屈曲性の評価で「×」の不良な評価が得られた。 In Example 16, the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], but the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2]. ] The following was obtained, and an evaluation of "○" was obtained in the evaluation of flexibility.
On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2 ]. , A poor evaluation of "x" was obtained in the evaluation of flexibility.
一方、比較例17~19は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]よりも大きく、屈曲性の評価で「×」の不良な評価が得られた。 In Example 16, the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], but the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2]. ] The following was obtained, and an evaluation of "○" was obtained in the evaluation of flexibility.
On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2 ]. , A poor evaluation of "x" was obtained in the evaluation of flexibility.
比較例17~19からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]よりも大きいと、測定ダンボール材が屈曲されにくく、折り返した状態で折り返しに対する反発力が大きくてテープが剥がれやすくなり、折り返した状態を維持しにくくなるものと推測される。
From Comparative Examples 17 to 19, it is said that the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2]. It is presumed that the corrugated cardboard material to be measured is not easily bent, the repulsive force against the folding back is large in the folded state, the tape is easily peeled off, and it is difficult to maintain the folded state.
比較例17~19に鑑みて、実施例1~15からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であれば、測定ダンボール材が屈曲されやすく、折り返した状態で折り返しに対する反発力が小さくてテープが剥がれにくくなり、折り返した状態を維持しやすくなるものと推測される。
実施例16からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナのいずれか一方の坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であれば、表ライナおよび裏ライナのいずれか一方で測定ダンボール材が屈曲されやすく、折り返した状態で折り返しに対する反発力が大きくならずテープが剥がれにくくなり、折り返した状態を維持しやすくなるものと推測される。
よって、ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であれば、ダンボール材の屈曲性が確保されるものと言える。 In view of Comparative Examples 17 to 19, from Examples 1 to 15, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g]. If it is less than / m 2 ], it is presumed that the corrugated cardboard material to be measured is easily bent, the repulsive force against the folding is small in the folded state, the tape is hard to peel off, and it is easy to maintain the folded state.
From Example 16, if the basis weight of either the front liner or the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, the front liner and the back liner It is presumed that the measurement cardboard material is easily bent on either side of the back liner, the repulsive force against the folding is not increased in the folded state, the tape is hard to peel off, and it is easy to maintain the folded state.
Therefore, if the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, it can be said that the flexibility of the corrugated cardboard material is ensured. ..
実施例16からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナのいずれか一方の坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であれば、表ライナおよび裏ライナのいずれか一方で測定ダンボール材が屈曲されやすく、折り返した状態で折り返しに対する反発力が大きくならずテープが剥がれにくくなり、折り返した状態を維持しやすくなるものと推測される。
よって、ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であれば、ダンボール材の屈曲性が確保されるものと言える。 In view of Comparative Examples 17 to 19, from Examples 1 to 15, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g]. If it is less than / m 2 ], it is presumed that the corrugated cardboard material to be measured is easily bent, the repulsive force against the folding is small in the folded state, the tape is hard to peel off, and it is easy to maintain the folded state.
From Example 16, if the basis weight of either the front liner or the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, the front liner and the back liner It is presumed that the measurement cardboard material is easily bent on either side of the back liner, the repulsive force against the folding is not increased in the folded state, the tape is hard to peel off, and it is easy to maintain the folded state.
Therefore, if the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, it can be said that the flexibility of the corrugated cardboard material is ensured. ..
――緩衝性――
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、落球試験を実施して、緩衝性を評価した。
「緩衝性」は、ダンボール材1によって衝撃を緩和する性質に対応する評価基準であり、言い換えれば、測定ダンボール材で物品を包装した状態で外部から衝撃を加えたときの物品保護性能の良否に対応する評価基準である。 --Cushioning--
A ball drop test was carried out on each of the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 to evaluate the cushioning property.
"Cushioning property" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the property of cushioning the impact by thecorrugated cardboard material 1, in other words, the quality of the article protection performance when an impact is applied from the outside while the article is wrapped in the measured corrugated cardboard material. Corresponding evaluation criteria.
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、落球試験を実施して、緩衝性を評価した。
「緩衝性」は、ダンボール材1によって衝撃を緩和する性質に対応する評価基準であり、言い換えれば、測定ダンボール材で物品を包装した状態で外部から衝撃を加えたときの物品保護性能の良否に対応する評価基準である。 --Cushioning--
A ball drop test was carried out on each of the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 to evaluate the cushioning property.
"Cushioning property" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the property of cushioning the impact by the
落球試験は、実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、下記の手順D1~手順D6で実施した。
手順D1:測定ダンボール材からランダムに下記の寸法の矩形状シート片を2[枚]切り取る。切り取った2[枚]のシートを「測定用シート片A」,「測定用シート片B」と呼ぶ。測定用シート片Aと測定用シート片Bとは同一寸法である。
>縦辺の寸法(縦寸法):200[mm]
>横辺の寸法(横寸法):200[mm]
手順D2:測定用シート片A,測定用シート片Bとの間に下記の矩形状ガラス板を隙間ができないように挟んで、測定用シート片A,ガラス板,測定用シート片Bの順に積層されたサンプル体を作成する。サンプル体では、ガラス板の表面および裏面のそれぞれの四辺に両面テープが貼付され、ガラス板の両面の一側に測定用シート片Aが貼合され、他側に測定用シート片Bが貼合される。作成されたサンプル体は温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で試験片を24時間放置される。
>ガラス板〔平岡特殊硝子制作株式会社製,ソーダガラス〕
・縦辺の寸法(縦寸法):200[mm]
・横辺の寸法(横寸法):200[mm]
・ 厚み :1.1[mm]
手順D3:手順D2で作成したサンプル体を測定用シート片Aまたは測定用シート片Bを上方に向けて鋼板に載置する。
手順D4:手順D3で鋼板に載置したサンプル体の表面(上方を向いた面)から30[cm]の高さに下記の鋼球をセットし、静止状態から力を加えずサンプル体の上に鋼球を落下させる。このとき鋼球は、サンプル体の表面において中心から距離25[mm]以下の範囲に落下(加撃)されるようにセットされる。
>鋼球:玉軸受用鋼球(SUJ2G100,株式会社ツバキ・ナカシマ社製)
・寸法:直径40[mm]
・重量: 263 [g]
手順D5:手順D4の加撃によりガラス板の破損状況と測定用シート片の表面の凹み(サンプル体で上方を向いた面の凹み)とを目視で確認する。ガラス板の破損状況には、ガラス板の割れと傷とが含まれる。
手順D6:手順D1~D5の試験を10[回]実施して測定ダンボ―ル材の緩衝性を評価する。
上記の緩衝性は下記の基準で評価した。
・◎:ガラス板の破損も測定ダンボール材の表面の凹みも確認されない。
・○:ガラス板の破損は確認されないが、表面の凹みが1[回]以上確認された。
・△:ガラス板に傷が1[回]以上確認された。
・×:ガラス板に割れが1[回]以上確認された。 The ball drop test was performed on the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in the following procedures D1 to D6.
Step D1: Measure 2 [sheets] of rectangular sheet pieces with the following dimensions are randomly cut from the corrugated cardboard material. The cut 2 [sheets] are referred to as "measurement sheet piece A" and "measurement sheet piece B". The measurement sheet piece A and the measurement sheet piece B have the same dimensions.
> Vertical dimension (vertical dimension): 200 [mm]
> Horizontal side dimensions (horizontal dimensions): 200 [mm]
Step D2: The following rectangular glass plate is sandwiched between the measurement sheet piece A and the measurement sheet piece B so that there is no gap, and the measurement sheet piece A, the glass plate, and the measurement sheet piece B are laminated in this order. Create a sample body that has been created. In the sample body, double-sided tape is attached to each of the four sides of the front surface and the back surface of the glass plate, the measurement sheet piece A is attached to one side of both sides of the glass plate, and the measurement sheet piece B is attached to the other side. Will be done. The prepared sample body is left to stand for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%].
> Glass plate [Soda glass manufactured by Hiraoka Special Glass Production Co., Ltd.]
-Vertical side dimensions (vertical dimensions): 200 [mm]
-Horizontal side dimensions (horizontal dimensions): 200 [mm]
・ Thickness: 1.1 [mm]
Step D3: The sample body prepared in step D2 is placed on the steel plate with the measurement sheet piece A or the measurement sheet piece B facing upward.
Step D4: Set the following steel balls at a height of 30 [cm] from the surface (upward facing surface) of the sample body placed on the steel plate in step D3, and place the following steel balls on the sample body from a stationary state without applying force. Drop the steel ball on. At this time, the steel ball is set so as to be dropped (attacked) on the surface of the sample body within a range of a distance of 25 [mm] or less from the center.
> Steel balls: Steel balls for ball bearings (SUJ2G100, manufactured by Tsubaki Nakashima Co., Ltd.)
-Dimensions: Diameter 40 [mm]
-Weight: 263 [g]
Step D5: The damage state of the glass plate and the dent on the surface of the measuring sheet piece (the dent on the surface facing upward in the sample body) are visually confirmed by the attack of step D4. The broken state of the glass plate includes cracks and scratches on the glass plate.
Step D6: The tests of steps D1 to D5 are carried out 10 [times] to evaluate the cushioning property of the measured dumbbell material.
The above buffer property was evaluated according to the following criteria.
・ ◎: No damage to the glass plate or dents on the surface of the corrugated cardboard material are confirmed.
-○: No damage to the glass plate was confirmed, but surface dents were confirmed 1 [times] or more.
-△: Scratches were confirmed on the glass plate 1 [times] or more.
-X: Cracks were confirmed on the glass plate 1 [times] or more.
手順D1:測定ダンボール材からランダムに下記の寸法の矩形状シート片を2[枚]切り取る。切り取った2[枚]のシートを「測定用シート片A」,「測定用シート片B」と呼ぶ。測定用シート片Aと測定用シート片Bとは同一寸法である。
>縦辺の寸法(縦寸法):200[mm]
>横辺の寸法(横寸法):200[mm]
手順D2:測定用シート片A,測定用シート片Bとの間に下記の矩形状ガラス板を隙間ができないように挟んで、測定用シート片A,ガラス板,測定用シート片Bの順に積層されたサンプル体を作成する。サンプル体では、ガラス板の表面および裏面のそれぞれの四辺に両面テープが貼付され、ガラス板の両面の一側に測定用シート片Aが貼合され、他側に測定用シート片Bが貼合される。作成されたサンプル体は温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で試験片を24時間放置される。
>ガラス板〔平岡特殊硝子制作株式会社製,ソーダガラス〕
・縦辺の寸法(縦寸法):200[mm]
・横辺の寸法(横寸法):200[mm]
・ 厚み :1.1[mm]
手順D3:手順D2で作成したサンプル体を測定用シート片Aまたは測定用シート片Bを上方に向けて鋼板に載置する。
手順D4:手順D3で鋼板に載置したサンプル体の表面(上方を向いた面)から30[cm]の高さに下記の鋼球をセットし、静止状態から力を加えずサンプル体の上に鋼球を落下させる。このとき鋼球は、サンプル体の表面において中心から距離25[mm]以下の範囲に落下(加撃)されるようにセットされる。
>鋼球:玉軸受用鋼球(SUJ2G100,株式会社ツバキ・ナカシマ社製)
・寸法:直径40[mm]
・重量: 263 [g]
手順D5:手順D4の加撃によりガラス板の破損状況と測定用シート片の表面の凹み(サンプル体で上方を向いた面の凹み)とを目視で確認する。ガラス板の破損状況には、ガラス板の割れと傷とが含まれる。
手順D6:手順D1~D5の試験を10[回]実施して測定ダンボ―ル材の緩衝性を評価する。
上記の緩衝性は下記の基準で評価した。
・◎:ガラス板の破損も測定ダンボール材の表面の凹みも確認されない。
・○:ガラス板の破損は確認されないが、表面の凹みが1[回]以上確認された。
・△:ガラス板に傷が1[回]以上確認された。
・×:ガラス板に割れが1[回]以上確認された。 The ball drop test was performed on the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in the following procedures D1 to D6.
Step D1: Measure 2 [sheets] of rectangular sheet pieces with the following dimensions are randomly cut from the corrugated cardboard material. The cut 2 [sheets] are referred to as "measurement sheet piece A" and "measurement sheet piece B". The measurement sheet piece A and the measurement sheet piece B have the same dimensions.
> Vertical dimension (vertical dimension): 200 [mm]
> Horizontal side dimensions (horizontal dimensions): 200 [mm]
Step D2: The following rectangular glass plate is sandwiched between the measurement sheet piece A and the measurement sheet piece B so that there is no gap, and the measurement sheet piece A, the glass plate, and the measurement sheet piece B are laminated in this order. Create a sample body that has been created. In the sample body, double-sided tape is attached to each of the four sides of the front surface and the back surface of the glass plate, the measurement sheet piece A is attached to one side of both sides of the glass plate, and the measurement sheet piece B is attached to the other side. Will be done. The prepared sample body is left to stand for 24 hours under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%].
> Glass plate [Soda glass manufactured by Hiraoka Special Glass Production Co., Ltd.]
-Vertical side dimensions (vertical dimensions): 200 [mm]
-Horizontal side dimensions (horizontal dimensions): 200 [mm]
・ Thickness: 1.1 [mm]
Step D3: The sample body prepared in step D2 is placed on the steel plate with the measurement sheet piece A or the measurement sheet piece B facing upward.
Step D4: Set the following steel balls at a height of 30 [cm] from the surface (upward facing surface) of the sample body placed on the steel plate in step D3, and place the following steel balls on the sample body from a stationary state without applying force. Drop the steel ball on. At this time, the steel ball is set so as to be dropped (attacked) on the surface of the sample body within a range of a distance of 25 [mm] or less from the center.
> Steel balls: Steel balls for ball bearings (SUJ2G100, manufactured by Tsubaki Nakashima Co., Ltd.)
-Dimensions: Diameter 40 [mm]
-Weight: 263 [g]
Step D5: The damage state of the glass plate and the dent on the surface of the measuring sheet piece (the dent on the surface facing upward in the sample body) are visually confirmed by the attack of step D4. The broken state of the glass plate includes cracks and scratches on the glass plate.
Step D6: The tests of steps D1 to D5 are carried out 10 [times] to evaluate the cushioning property of the measured dumbbell material.
The above buffer property was evaluated according to the following criteria.
・ ◎: No damage to the glass plate or dents on the surface of the corrugated cardboard material are confirmed.
-○: No damage to the glass plate was confirmed, but surface dents were confirmed 1 [times] or more.
-△: Scratches were confirmed on the glass plate 1 [times] or more.
-X: Cracks were confirmed on the glass plate 1 [times] or more.
実施例1~13は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下であり、緩衝性の評価で「〇」以上の良好な評価が得られた。特に、実施例5~9は、Bフルートで平面圧縮強さが500[N]以上であり、最も良好な「◎」の評価が得られた。
In Examples 1 to 13, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the planar compressive strength is 210 [g / m 2] regardless of whether there is a crease or not. It was N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, and a good evaluation of “〇” or more was obtained in the evaluation of the compressive property. In particular, in Examples 5 to 9, the plane compressive strength of the B flute was 500 [N] or more, and the best evaluation of “⊚” was obtained.
一方、実施例14,15および比較例18,19は、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも210[N]よりも小さいか、または、1000[N]より大きく、緩衝性の評価で「△」以下の不良な評価が得られた。
特に、平面圧縮強さが210[N]よりも小さい実施例14,15では、表ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]よりも小さいか、または、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]よりも小さく、緩衝性の評価で最も悪い「×」の評価が得られた。
実施例16および比較例17は、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも210[N]以上1000[N]以下ではあるが、表ライナの坪量、または、表ライナおよび裏ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きく、緩衝性の評価で「△」以下の不良な評価が得られた。 On the other hand, in Examples 14 and 15 and Comparative Examples 18 and 19, the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N] or larger than 1000 [N] in both cases with and without creases. A poor evaluation of "Δ" or less was obtained in the evaluation of compressive strength.
In particular, in Examples 14 and 15 in which the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N], the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is 45 [g]. It was smaller than / m 2 ], and the worst evaluation of "x" was obtained in the evaluation of compressive strength.
In Example 16 and Comparative Example 17, the plane compressive strength is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less in both cases with and without creases, but the basis weight of the table liner or the table liner. In addition, the basis weight of the back liner was larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], and a poor evaluation of “Δ” or less was obtained in the evaluation of cushioning property.
特に、平面圧縮強さが210[N]よりも小さい実施例14,15では、表ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]よりも小さいか、または、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]よりも小さく、緩衝性の評価で最も悪い「×」の評価が得られた。
実施例16および比較例17は、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも210[N]以上1000[N]以下ではあるが、表ライナの坪量、または、表ライナおよび裏ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きく、緩衝性の評価で「△」以下の不良な評価が得られた。 On the other hand, in Examples 14 and 15 and Comparative Examples 18 and 19, the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N] or larger than 1000 [N] in both cases with and without creases. A poor evaluation of "Δ" or less was obtained in the evaluation of compressive strength.
In particular, in Examples 14 and 15 in which the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N], the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is 45 [g]. It was smaller than / m 2 ], and the worst evaluation of "x" was obtained in the evaluation of compressive strength.
In Example 16 and Comparative Example 17, the plane compressive strength is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less in both cases with and without creases, but the basis weight of the table liner or the table liner. In addition, the basis weight of the back liner was larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], and a poor evaluation of “Δ” or less was obtained in the evaluation of cushioning property.
実施例14,15からは、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも210[N]よりも小さいと、外部からの衝撃により測定ダンボール材がつぶれてしまい衝撃を緩和できず、緩衝性が不十分になるものと推測される。加えて、実施例14,15からは、表ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]よりも小さいか、または、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]よりも小さとライナまたは中芯の強度が低下して、緩衝性が不十分になるものと推測される。
一方、比較例17,18からは、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも1000[N]よりも大きいと、測定ダンボール材の強さ(こわさ)が大きくなり外部からの衝撃が測定ダンボール材で吸収されずに測定ダンボール材を通じて物品に伝わり、緩衝性が不十分になるものと推測される。 From Examples 14 and 15, if the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N] in both cases with and without creases, the measured corrugated cardboard material is crushed by an external impact and the impact can be mitigated. It is presumed that the cushioning property will be insufficient. In addition, from Examples 14 and 15, the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ]. It is presumed that the strength of the core decreases and the cushioning property becomes insufficient.
On the other hand, from Comparative Examples 17 and 18, when the planar compressive strength is larger than 1000 [N] in both cases with and without creases, the strength (stiffness) of the measured corrugated cardboard material becomes large and from the outside. It is presumed that the impact of the above is not absorbed by the measuring cardboard material but is transmitted to the article through the measuring cardboard material, resulting in insufficient cushioning.
一方、比較例17,18からは、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも1000[N]よりも大きいと、測定ダンボール材の強さ(こわさ)が大きくなり外部からの衝撃が測定ダンボール材で吸収されずに測定ダンボール材を通じて物品に伝わり、緩衝性が不十分になるものと推測される。 From Examples 14 and 15, if the planar compressive strength is smaller than 210 [N] in both cases with and without creases, the measured corrugated cardboard material is crushed by an external impact and the impact can be mitigated. It is presumed that the cushioning property will be insufficient. In addition, from Examples 14 and 15, the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ]. It is presumed that the strength of the core decreases and the cushioning property becomes insufficient.
On the other hand, from Comparative Examples 17 and 18, when the planar compressive strength is larger than 1000 [N] in both cases with and without creases, the strength (stiffness) of the measured corrugated cardboard material becomes large and from the outside. It is presumed that the impact of the above is not absorbed by the measuring cardboard material but is transmitted to the article through the measuring cardboard material, resulting in insufficient cushioning.
実施例16および比較例17からは、少なくとも表ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きい場合、表ライナの強さ(こわさ)が大きくなり外部からの衝撃が表ライナで吸収されずに測定ダンボール材を通じて物品に伝わって、緩衝性が不十分になるものと推測される。
From Example 16 and Comparative Example 17, when the basis weight of the front liner is at least 90 [g / m 2 ], the strength (stiffness) of the front liner is increased and the impact from the outside is absorbed by the front liner. It is presumed that the cushioning property becomes insufficient because it is transmitted to the article through the measured corrugated cardboard material.
実施例14~16および比較例17~19に鑑みて、実施例1~13からは、ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、平面圧縮強さが折目有りおよび折目無しの何れの場合でも210[N]以上1000[N]以下であれば、外部からの衝撃が測定ダンボール材で吸収されて、緩衝性が良好になるものと推測される。
よって、ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上1000[N]以下であれば、測定ダンボール材の緩衝性が確保されると言える。 In view of Examples 14 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, from Examples 1 to 13, the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the planar compressive strength has creases. In any case without creases, if it is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, it is presumed that the impact from the outside is absorbed by the measurement cardboard material and the cushioning property is improved.
Therefore, if the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less and the planar compressive strength is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, it can be said that the cushioning property of the measured corrugated cardboard material is secured.
よって、ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上1000[N]以下であれば、測定ダンボール材の緩衝性が確保されると言える。 In view of Examples 14 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, from Examples 1 to 13, the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the planar compressive strength has creases. In any case without creases, if it is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, it is presumed that the impact from the outside is absorbed by the measurement cardboard material and the cushioning property is improved.
Therefore, if the basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less and the planar compressive strength is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less, it can be said that the cushioning property of the measured corrugated cardboard material is secured.
――搬送性――
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、搬送性球試験を実施して、搬送性を評価した。
「搬送性」は、製函システム(自動包装機)において測定ダンボール材が搬送される際の姿勢の良否に対応する評価基準である。
ダンボール材が製函システムの資材に用いられた場合、測定ダンボール材は、製函システムにおいてフィード工程で折り畳みが展開されて繰り出された後、搬送経路に設けられたニップロールで流れ方向下流側へ搬送される。このニップロールは所定の圧力で測定ダンボール材をシートの厚み方向(TD方向)の両側から挟持しつつ下流側へ送り出している。そのため、搬送経路上において測定ダンボール材が搬送される際の姿勢が不安定になると、測定ダンボール材が流れ方向に対して蛇行して搬送されてしまう傾向がある。 --Transportability--
A transportable ball test was carried out on each of the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 to evaluate the transportability.
"Transportability" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the quality of the posture when the measured corrugated cardboard material is transported in the box making system (automatic packaging machine).
When the corrugated cardboard material is used as the material of the box making system, the measured corrugated cardboard material is transported to the downstream side in the flow direction by the nip roll provided in the transport path after being unfolded and unwound in the feeding process in the box making system. Will be done. This nip roll sends the measured corrugated cardboard material to the downstream side while sandwiching it from both sides in the thickness direction (TD direction) of the sheet at a predetermined pressure. Therefore, if the posture of the measured corrugated cardboard material when it is transported on the transport path becomes unstable, the measured corrugated cardboard material tends to meander and be transported in the flow direction.
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材に対して、搬送性球試験を実施して、搬送性を評価した。
「搬送性」は、製函システム(自動包装機)において測定ダンボール材が搬送される際の姿勢の良否に対応する評価基準である。
ダンボール材が製函システムの資材に用いられた場合、測定ダンボール材は、製函システムにおいてフィード工程で折り畳みが展開されて繰り出された後、搬送経路に設けられたニップロールで流れ方向下流側へ搬送される。このニップロールは所定の圧力で測定ダンボール材をシートの厚み方向(TD方向)の両側から挟持しつつ下流側へ送り出している。そのため、搬送経路上において測定ダンボール材が搬送される際の姿勢が不安定になると、測定ダンボール材が流れ方向に対して蛇行して搬送されてしまう傾向がある。 --Transportability--
A transportable ball test was carried out on each of the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 to evaluate the transportability.
"Transportability" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the quality of the posture when the measured corrugated cardboard material is transported in the box making system (automatic packaging machine).
When the corrugated cardboard material is used as the material of the box making system, the measured corrugated cardboard material is transported to the downstream side in the flow direction by the nip roll provided in the transport path after being unfolded and unwound in the feeding process in the box making system. Will be done. This nip roll sends the measured corrugated cardboard material to the downstream side while sandwiching it from both sides in the thickness direction (TD direction) of the sheet at a predetermined pressure. Therefore, if the posture of the measured corrugated cardboard material when it is transported on the transport path becomes unstable, the measured corrugated cardboard material tends to meander and be transported in the flow direction.
搬送性試験は、実施例1~14および比較例14~19の測定ダンボール材のそれぞれを1つずつ用意して、下記の手順E1~E3で実施した。
手順E1:自動包装機のニップロールで幅方向(測定ダンボール材の縦方向に対応するCD方向)中央部から幅方向の一側および他側のそれぞれへ650[mm]離間する各位置にマーキングをする。
手順E2:測定ダンボール材の縦方向両端を手順E1でマーキングした位置に位置合わせして、測定ダンボール材を自動包装機に通す。
手順E3:測定ダンボール材がニップロールを通過した後にマーキング位置よりも中央部から離間する方向へ10[mm]以上へ蛇行して搬送された回数を数える。
上記の手順E3では、測定ダンボール材の蛇行が確認された場合は自動包装機を停止して、測定ダンボール材の縦方向の両端部のそれぞれをマーキングの位置に合わせるよう手動で調整する。調整後、自動包装機を稼動させて、測定ダンボール材の搬送を再開する。この作業を、一つの測定ダンボール材を搬送し終えるまで繰り返す。 The transportability test was carried out in the following procedures E1 to E3 by preparing one measurement cardboard material for each of Examples 1 to 14 and Comparative Examples 14 to 19.
Step E1: Mark each position separated by 650 [mm] from the center in the width direction (CD direction corresponding to the vertical direction of the measured cardboard material) to one side and the other side in the width direction with the nip roll of the automatic packaging machine. ..
Step E2: Align both ends of the measured corrugated cardboard material in the vertical direction at the positions marked in step E1 and pass the measured corrugated cardboard material through the automatic packaging machine.
Step E3: The number of times the corrugated cardboard material has passed through the nip roll and then meandered to 10 [mm] or more in the direction away from the central portion from the marking position is counted.
In the above procedure E3, when the meandering of the corrugated cardboard material to be measured is confirmed, the automatic packaging machine is stopped and manually adjusted so that each of both ends of the corrugated cardboard material in the vertical direction is aligned with the marking position. After the adjustment, the automatic packaging machine is operated to restart the transportation of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This operation is repeated until one measurement cardboard material is completely conveyed.
手順E1:自動包装機のニップロールで幅方向(測定ダンボール材の縦方向に対応するCD方向)中央部から幅方向の一側および他側のそれぞれへ650[mm]離間する各位置にマーキングをする。
手順E2:測定ダンボール材の縦方向両端を手順E1でマーキングした位置に位置合わせして、測定ダンボール材を自動包装機に通す。
手順E3:測定ダンボール材がニップロールを通過した後にマーキング位置よりも中央部から離間する方向へ10[mm]以上へ蛇行して搬送された回数を数える。
上記の手順E3では、測定ダンボール材の蛇行が確認された場合は自動包装機を停止して、測定ダンボール材の縦方向の両端部のそれぞれをマーキングの位置に合わせるよう手動で調整する。調整後、自動包装機を稼動させて、測定ダンボール材の搬送を再開する。この作業を、一つの測定ダンボール材を搬送し終えるまで繰り返す。 The transportability test was carried out in the following procedures E1 to E3 by preparing one measurement cardboard material for each of Examples 1 to 14 and Comparative Examples 14 to 19.
Step E1: Mark each position separated by 650 [mm] from the center in the width direction (CD direction corresponding to the vertical direction of the measured cardboard material) to one side and the other side in the width direction with the nip roll of the automatic packaging machine. ..
Step E2: Align both ends of the measured corrugated cardboard material in the vertical direction at the positions marked in step E1 and pass the measured corrugated cardboard material through the automatic packaging machine.
Step E3: The number of times the corrugated cardboard material has passed through the nip roll and then meandered to 10 [mm] or more in the direction away from the central portion from the marking position is counted.
In the above procedure E3, when the meandering of the corrugated cardboard material to be measured is confirmed, the automatic packaging machine is stopped and manually adjusted so that each of both ends of the corrugated cardboard material in the vertical direction is aligned with the marking position. After the adjustment, the automatic packaging machine is operated to restart the transportation of the measured corrugated cardboard material. This operation is repeated until one measurement cardboard material is completely conveyed.
搬送性試験により計測された蛇行の回数は下記の基準で評価する。
◎:蛇行は1[回]も確認されなかった
○:蛇行が1[回]確認された
△:蛇行が2[回]から4[回]確認された
×:蛇行が5[回]以上確認された The number of meanders measured by the transportability test is evaluated according to the following criteria.
⊚: Meandering was not confirmed 1 [times] ○: Meandering was confirmed 1 [times] Δ: Meandering was confirmed 2 [times] to 4 [times] ×: Meandering was confirmed 5 [times] or more Was done
◎:蛇行は1[回]も確認されなかった
○:蛇行が1[回]確認された
△:蛇行が2[回]から4[回]確認された
×:蛇行が5[回]以上確認された The number of meanders measured by the transportability test is evaluated according to the following criteria.
⊚: Meandering was not confirmed 1 [times] ○: Meandering was confirmed 1 [times] Δ: Meandering was confirmed 2 [times] to 4 [times] ×: Meandering was confirmed 5 [times] or more Was done
実施例1~13では、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が35[g/m2]以上90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上150[g/m2]以下であり、搬送性について「△」以上の良好な評価が得られた。
比較例17~19は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]よりも大きいかの少なくとも一方に該当しており、搬送性について「〇」以上の良好な評価が得られた。 In Examples 1 to 13, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m]. 2 ] or more and 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and a good evaluation of “Δ” or more was obtained for transportability.
In Comparative Examples 17 to 19, whether the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are larger than 90 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2]. At least one of them was applicable, and a good evaluation of "○" or higher was obtained for transportability.
比較例17~19は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]よりも大きいかの少なくとも一方に該当しており、搬送性について「〇」以上の良好な評価が得られた。 In Examples 1 to 13, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m]. 2 ] or more and 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and a good evaluation of “Δ” or more was obtained for transportability.
In Comparative Examples 17 to 19, whether the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are larger than 90 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2]. At least one of them was applicable, and a good evaluation of "○" or higher was obtained for transportability.
一方、実施例14,15は、表ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]よりも小さいか、または、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]よりも小さく、搬送性について「×」の不良な評価が得られた。
実施例16は裏ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であるが表ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きく、搬送性について「×」の不良な評価が得られた。 On the other hand, in Examples 14 and 15, the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2]. A bad evaluation of "x" was obtained.
In Example 16, the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, but the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], and a poor evaluation of “x” is obtained for transportability. Was done.
実施例16は裏ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であるが表ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きく、搬送性について「×」の不良な評価が得られた。 On the other hand, in Examples 14 and 15, the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2]. A bad evaluation of "x" was obtained.
In Example 16, the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, but the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], and a poor evaluation of “x” is obtained for transportability. Was done.
実施例14,15からは、表ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]よりも小さいか、または、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]よりも小さい場合、測定ダンボール材の質量が軽くなり、搬送経路を搬送される際の測定ダンボール材の姿勢が不安定になりやすく、測定ダンボール材が流れ方向に対して蛇行しやすくなるものと推測される。
実施例16からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナの一方の坪量だけが90[g/m2]よりも大きいと、TD方向の一側での接触状態とTD方向の他側での接触状態との差が大きく、ダンボール材1の姿勢がズレ易くなるためニップロールによる搬送性が損なわれて蛇行しやすくなるものと推測される。 From Examples 14 and 15, when the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ], the measurement cardboard material is used. It is presumed that the mass becomes lighter, the posture of the measured corrugated cardboard material when transported along the transport path tends to be unstable, and the measured corrugated cardboard material tends to meander in the flow direction.
From Example 16, when only the basis weight of one of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], the contact state on one side in the TD direction and the contact state on the other side in the TD direction. It is presumed that the difference between the two is large and the posture of thecorrugated cardboard material 1 is easily displaced, so that the transportability by the nip roll is impaired and the corrugated cardboard material 1 is likely to meander.
実施例16からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナの一方の坪量だけが90[g/m2]よりも大きいと、TD方向の一側での接触状態とTD方向の他側での接触状態との差が大きく、ダンボール材1の姿勢がズレ易くなるためニップロールによる搬送性が損なわれて蛇行しやすくなるものと推測される。 From Examples 14 and 15, when the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ], the measurement cardboard material is used. It is presumed that the mass becomes lighter, the posture of the measured corrugated cardboard material when transported along the transport path tends to be unstable, and the measured corrugated cardboard material tends to meander in the flow direction.
From Example 16, when only the basis weight of one of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], the contact state on one side in the TD direction and the contact state on the other side in the TD direction. It is presumed that the difference between the two is large and the posture of the
実施例14~16に鑑みて、実施例1~13,比較例17~19からは表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であって中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上であれば、ニップロールによって測定ダンボール材が教示された姿勢が安定し、測定ダンボール材が流れ方向に対して蛇行しにくくなるものと推測される。
よって、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であって中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上であれば、搬送システムにおける測定ダンボール材の搬送性が向上するものと言える。 In view of Examples 14 to 16, from Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the basis weight of the core is 35 [g / m 2] or more. If it is 45 [g / m 2 ] or more, it is presumed that the posture in which the measured corrugated cardboard material is taught is stable by the nip roll, and the measured corrugated cardboard material is less likely to meander in the flow direction.
Therefore, if the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m 2 ] or more, the measurement cardboard material is conveyed in the transfer system. It can be said that the sex is improved.
よって、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であって中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上であれば、搬送システムにおける測定ダンボール材の搬送性が向上するものと言える。 In view of Examples 14 to 16, from Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the basis weight of the core is 35 [g / m 2] or more. If it is 45 [g / m 2 ] or more, it is presumed that the posture in which the measured corrugated cardboard material is taught is stable by the nip roll, and the measured corrugated cardboard material is less likely to meander in the flow direction.
Therefore, if the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m 2 ] or more, the measurement cardboard material is conveyed in the transfer system. It can be said that the sex is improved.
――製函後のつぶれにくさ――
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材について、次に説明する「製函後のつぶれにくさ」を評価した。
「製函後のつぶれにくさ」は、ダンボール箱の耐荷重性に対応する評価基準である。
評価対象のダンボール箱は、下記の評価ダンボール片が手組みにて組み立てられた箱である。
評価ダンボール片は、測定ダンボール材の折目を跨ぐカット線で切り出されたダンボール片である。この評価ダンボール片で組み立てられたれた箱は、箱の何れかの面に折目を含む個所がある。この箱を「折目入りダンボール箱」と称する。 -Difficulty of crushing after box making-
For each of the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the "difficulty of crushing after box making" described below was evaluated.
"Difficulty of crushing after box making" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the load bearing capacity of cardboard boxes.
The cardboard box to be evaluated is a box in which the following evaluation cardboard pieces are assembled by hand.
The evaluation cardboard piece is a cardboard piece cut out by a cut line straddling the crease of the measurement cardboard material. The box assembled from this evaluation cardboard piece has a crease on any side of the box. This box is called a "folded cardboard box".
実施例1~16および比較例17~19のそれぞれの測定ダンボール材について、次に説明する「製函後のつぶれにくさ」を評価した。
「製函後のつぶれにくさ」は、ダンボール箱の耐荷重性に対応する評価基準である。
評価対象のダンボール箱は、下記の評価ダンボール片が手組みにて組み立てられた箱である。
評価ダンボール片は、測定ダンボール材の折目を跨ぐカット線で切り出されたダンボール片である。この評価ダンボール片で組み立てられたれた箱は、箱の何れかの面に折目を含む個所がある。この箱を「折目入りダンボール箱」と称する。 -Difficulty of crushing after box making-
For each of the measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the "difficulty of crushing after box making" described below was evaluated.
"Difficulty of crushing after box making" is an evaluation standard corresponding to the load bearing capacity of cardboard boxes.
The cardboard box to be evaluated is a box in which the following evaluation cardboard pieces are assembled by hand.
The evaluation cardboard piece is a cardboard piece cut out by a cut line straddling the crease of the measurement cardboard material. The box assembled from this evaluation cardboard piece has a crease on any side of the box. This box is called a "folded cardboard box".
ダンボール箱の製函方法は手組みの方法である。手組みの方法として、カットされたダンボール片の所定の罫線の個所で折りたたみ、ホットメルト接着剤にて貼着し、製函した。
なお、製函システムによって評価ダンボール片を組み立てる手法は、手組みであっても製函システムによる組み立てであっても同様である。そのため、手組みによって組み立てられた評価ダンボール片の製函性には、製函システムで組み立てられた評価ダンボール片との製函性と相関があるものと言える。 The cardboard box is made by hand. As a manual assembly method, the cut cardboard pieces were folded at a predetermined ruled line, attached with a hot melt adhesive, and boxed.
The method of assembling the evaluation cardboard pieces by the box-making system is the same regardless of whether the evaluation cardboard pieces are assembled by hand or by the box-making system. Therefore, it can be said that the box-making property of the evaluation cardboard piece assembled by hand correlates with the box-making property of the evaluation cardboard piece assembled by the box-making system.
なお、製函システムによって評価ダンボール片を組み立てる手法は、手組みであっても製函システムによる組み立てであっても同様である。そのため、手組みによって組み立てられた評価ダンボール片の製函性には、製函システムで組み立てられた評価ダンボール片との製函性と相関があるものと言える。 The cardboard box is made by hand. As a manual assembly method, the cut cardboard pieces were folded at a predetermined ruled line, attached with a hot melt adhesive, and boxed.
The method of assembling the evaluation cardboard pieces by the box-making system is the same regardless of whether the evaluation cardboard pieces are assembled by hand or by the box-making system. Therefore, it can be said that the box-making property of the evaluation cardboard piece assembled by hand correlates with the box-making property of the evaluation cardboard piece assembled by the box-making system.
「評価ダンボール片」は、測定ダンボール材が下記の形状・サイズにサンプルカッター(株式会社ミマキエンジニアリング社製,CF2-1218)で下記の枚数が打ち抜かれた製函用試験片である。
・形 状:A式ダンボール箱が展開されたパターン
・サイズ:A式ダンボール箱の側板の幅寸法170[mm],
A式ダンボール箱の端板の幅寸法255[mm],
A式ダンボール箱の高さ寸法350[mm] The "evaluation cardboard piece" is a box-making test piece in which the measurement cardboard material is punched into the following shape and size with a sample cutter (CF2-1218 manufactured by Mimaki Engineering Co., Ltd.).
-Shape: Pattern in which the A-type cardboard box is unfolded-Size: Width dimension of the side plate of the A-type cardboard box 170 [mm],
Width dimension of the end plate of the A type cardboard box 255 [mm],
Height dimension of A type cardboard box 350 [mm]
・形 状:A式ダンボール箱が展開されたパターン
・サイズ:A式ダンボール箱の側板の幅寸法170[mm],
A式ダンボール箱の端板の幅寸法255[mm],
A式ダンボール箱の高さ寸法350[mm] The "evaluation cardboard piece" is a box-making test piece in which the measurement cardboard material is punched into the following shape and size with a sample cutter (CF2-1218 manufactured by Mimaki Engineering Co., Ltd.).
-Shape: Pattern in which the A-type cardboard box is unfolded-Size: Width dimension of the side plate of the A-type cardboard box 170 [mm],
Width dimension of the end plate of the A type cardboard box 255 [mm],
Height dimension of A type cardboard box 350 [mm]
上記の評価ダンボール片を用いて作成したA式ダンボール箱は、折目の入る位置に応じて下記の二種の態様α,βに大別される。
態様α:側板の2面のいずれかで側板の中心に折目が存在する。側板の中心は、側板の端縁から85[mm]の位置である。箱の高さ方向に沿って折目が延在する。
態様β:端板の2面のいずれかで端板の中心に折目が存在する。端板の中心は、端板の端縁から127.5[mm]の位置である。箱の高さ方向に沿って折目が延在する。 The type A cardboard box created by using the above-mentioned evaluation cardboard pieces is roughly classified into the following two types α and β according to the position where the crease enters.
Aspect α: There is a crease in the center of the side plate on either of the two surfaces of the side plate. The center of the side plate is located 85 [mm] from the edge of the side plate. Folds extend along the height of the box.
Aspect β: There is a crease in the center of the end plate on either of the two surfaces of the end plate. The center of the end plate is at a position of 127.5 [mm] from the edge of the end plate. Folds extend along the height of the box.
態様α:側板の2面のいずれかで側板の中心に折目が存在する。側板の中心は、側板の端縁から85[mm]の位置である。箱の高さ方向に沿って折目が延在する。
態様β:端板の2面のいずれかで端板の中心に折目が存在する。端板の中心は、端板の端縁から127.5[mm]の位置である。箱の高さ方向に沿って折目が延在する。 The type A cardboard box created by using the above-mentioned evaluation cardboard pieces is roughly classified into the following two types α and β according to the position where the crease enters.
Aspect α: There is a crease in the center of the side plate on either of the two surfaces of the side plate. The center of the side plate is located 85 [mm] from the edge of the side plate. Folds extend along the height of the box.
Aspect β: There is a crease in the center of the end plate on either of the two surfaces of the end plate. The center of the end plate is at a position of 127.5 [mm] from the edge of the end plate. Folds extend along the height of the box.
「製函後のつぶれにくさ」の評価のために、下記の手順F1~F4で垂直圧縮強度の試験を実施する。
・手順F1:評価ダンボール片を用いて作成したA式ダンボール箱の中に重量5[kg]の下記重りを入れて、ホットメルト接着剤にて底面に貼着して封函し、A式ダンボール箱の底面全体に荷重がかかるようする。
>重り:ポリ袋(品番:VX29-HCL、寸法:横520[mm]、縦600[mm]、厚さ0.02[mm]、日本サニパック株式会社製)に水道水5[L]を投入し、水がこぼれない様に袋をしばって作成した。
・手順F2:手順F1のダンボール箱を5[個]用意し、5[個]のダンボール箱をズレが無いように五[段]積み上げる。つまり一番下のダンボール箱に約20[kg]の荷重をかける。
・手順F3:手順F2の状態で24時間静置して、一番下のダンボール箱の状態を目視で確認する。
・手順F4:手順F1~手順F3を、態様αおよび態様βのそれぞれのダンボール箱について100[回]ずつ実施する。 In order to evaluate the "difficulty of crushing after box making", the vertical compression strength test is carried out in the following procedures F1 to F4.
-Procedure F1: Put the following weight with a weight of 5 [kg] in the A-type cardboard box created using the evaluation cardboard pieces, attach it to the bottom with hot melt adhesive, and seal it. Make sure that the entire bottom of the box is loaded.
> Weight: Put tap water 5 [L] into a plastic bag (product number: VX29-HCL, dimensions: width 520 [mm], length 600 [mm], thickness 0.02 [mm], manufactured by Nippon Sanipack Co., Ltd.) However, I made it by squeezing the bag so that water would not spill.
-Procedure F2: Prepare 5 [pieces] of cardboard boxes in step F1 and stack 5 [pieces] of cardboard boxes in 5 [stages] so that there is no misalignment. That is, a load of about 20 [kg] is applied to the bottom cardboard box.
-Procedure F3: Let stand for 24 hours in the state of procedure F2, and visually check the state of the bottom cardboard box.
-Procedure F4: Procedures F1 to F3 are carried out 100 [times] for each cardboard box of aspects α and β.
・手順F1:評価ダンボール片を用いて作成したA式ダンボール箱の中に重量5[kg]の下記重りを入れて、ホットメルト接着剤にて底面に貼着して封函し、A式ダンボール箱の底面全体に荷重がかかるようする。
>重り:ポリ袋(品番:VX29-HCL、寸法:横520[mm]、縦600[mm]、厚さ0.02[mm]、日本サニパック株式会社製)に水道水5[L]を投入し、水がこぼれない様に袋をしばって作成した。
・手順F2:手順F1のダンボール箱を5[個]用意し、5[個]のダンボール箱をズレが無いように五[段]積み上げる。つまり一番下のダンボール箱に約20[kg]の荷重をかける。
・手順F3:手順F2の状態で24時間静置して、一番下のダンボール箱の状態を目視で確認する。
・手順F4:手順F1~手順F3を、態様αおよび態様βのそれぞれのダンボール箱について100[回]ずつ実施する。 In order to evaluate the "difficulty of crushing after box making", the vertical compression strength test is carried out in the following procedures F1 to F4.
-Procedure F1: Put the following weight with a weight of 5 [kg] in the A-type cardboard box created using the evaluation cardboard pieces, attach it to the bottom with hot melt adhesive, and seal it. Make sure that the entire bottom of the box is loaded.
> Weight: Put tap water 5 [L] into a plastic bag (product number: VX29-HCL, dimensions: width 520 [mm], length 600 [mm], thickness 0.02 [mm], manufactured by Nippon Sanipack Co., Ltd.) However, I made it by squeezing the bag so that water would not spill.
-Procedure F2: Prepare 5 [pieces] of cardboard boxes in step F1 and stack 5 [pieces] of cardboard boxes in 5 [stages] so that there is no misalignment. That is, a load of about 20 [kg] is applied to the bottom cardboard box.
-Procedure F3: Let stand for 24 hours in the state of procedure F2, and visually check the state of the bottom cardboard box.
-Procedure F4: Procedures F1 to F3 are carried out 100 [times] for each cardboard box of aspects α and β.
製函後のつぶれにくさの評価では、態様αのダンボール箱を用いた1[回]の試験と態様βのダンボール箱を用いた1[回]の試験とを1セット(1[回]の試験)とし、態様αまたは態様βのどちらかがつぶれた場合は「つぶれた」と判断する。態様α,βはいずれも折目入りのダンボール箱であるため、本製函後のつぶれにくさの評価は、折目を含む個所の垂直圧縮強さの評価と言える。
製函後のつぶれにくさは下記の基準で評価する。
・◎:100[回]試験を行い、つぶれない。
・○:100[回]試験を行い、1[回]つぶれる。
・△:100[回]試験を行い、2~4[回]つぶれる。
・×:100[回]試験を行い、5[回]以上つぶれる。 In the evaluation of crush resistance after box making, one set (1 [times]) of 1 [times] test using the cardboard box of aspect α and 1 [times] test using the cardboard box of aspect β was performed. Test), and if either aspect α or aspect β is crushed, it is judged to be “crushed”. Since both aspects α and β are corrugated cardboard boxes with creases, it can be said that the evaluation of the crush resistance after the present manufacturing is the evaluation of the vertical compressive strength of the portion including the creases.
The resistance to crushing after box making is evaluated according to the following criteria.
・ ◎: Performed 100 [times] test and did not collapse.
-○: Perform 100 [times] test and crush 1 [times].
-△: Perform a 100 [times] test andcrush 2 to 4 [times].
・ ×: Perform 100 [times] test and crush 5 [times] or more.
製函後のつぶれにくさは下記の基準で評価する。
・◎:100[回]試験を行い、つぶれない。
・○:100[回]試験を行い、1[回]つぶれる。
・△:100[回]試験を行い、2~4[回]つぶれる。
・×:100[回]試験を行い、5[回]以上つぶれる。 In the evaluation of crush resistance after box making, one set (1 [times]) of 1 [times] test using the cardboard box of aspect α and 1 [times] test using the cardboard box of aspect β was performed. Test), and if either aspect α or aspect β is crushed, it is judged to be “crushed”. Since both aspects α and β are corrugated cardboard boxes with creases, it can be said that the evaluation of the crush resistance after the present manufacturing is the evaluation of the vertical compressive strength of the portion including the creases.
The resistance to crushing after box making is evaluated according to the following criteria.
・ ◎: Performed 100 [times] test and did not collapse.
-○: Perform 100 [times] test and crush 1 [times].
-△: Perform a 100 [times] test and
・ ×: Perform 100 [times] test and crush 5 [times] or more.
実施例1~13では、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が35[g/m2]以上90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上150[g/m2]以下であり、製函後のつぶれにくさについて「△」以上の良好な評価が得られた。
比較例17~19は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]よりも大きいかの少なくとも一方に該当しており、製函後のつぶれにくさについて「〇」以上の良好な評価が得られた。 In Examples 1 to 13, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m]. It was 2 ] or more and 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and a good evaluation of “Δ” or more was obtained for the resistance to crushing after box making.
In Comparative Examples 17 to 19, whether the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are larger than 90 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2]. At least one of them was applicable, and a good evaluation of "○" or higher was obtained for the resistance to crushing after box making.
比較例17~19は、表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きいか、または、中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]よりも大きいかの少なくとも一方に該当しており、製函後のつぶれにくさについて「〇」以上の良好な評価が得られた。 In Examples 1 to 13, the basis weight of each of the front liner and the back liner is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more and 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core is 45 [g / m]. It was 2 ] or more and 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, and a good evaluation of “Δ” or more was obtained for the resistance to crushing after box making.
In Comparative Examples 17 to 19, whether the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are larger than 90 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is larger than 150 [g / m 2]. At least one of them was applicable, and a good evaluation of "○" or higher was obtained for the resistance to crushing after box making.
一方、実施例14,15は、表ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]よりも小さいか、または、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]よりも小さく、製函後のつぶれにくさについて「×」の不良な評価が得られた。
実施例16は裏ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であるが表ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きく、製函後のつぶれにくさについて「×」の不良な評価が得られた。 On the other hand, in Examples 14 and 15, the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ], and after box making. A bad evaluation of "x" was obtained for the difficulty of crushing.
In Example 16, the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, but the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2]. A bad evaluation was obtained.
実施例16は裏ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であるが表ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]よりも大きく、製函後のつぶれにくさについて「×」の不良な評価が得られた。 On the other hand, in Examples 14 and 15, the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ], or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ], and after box making. A bad evaluation of "x" was obtained for the difficulty of crushing.
In Example 16, the basis weight of the back liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, but the basis weight of the front liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2]. A bad evaluation was obtained.
実施例14,15からは、表ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]よりも小さいか、または、中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]よりも小さい場合、測定ダンボール材の強度が不足して、製造された箱のダンボール箱の耐荷重性が不十分になるものと推察される。
実施例16からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナの一方の坪量だけが90[g/m2]よりも大きいと、製造されたダンボール箱の側板および端板の外側と内側とで強度の差が大きく、製造された箱のダンボール箱の耐荷重性が不十分になるものと推察される。 From Examples 14 and 15, when the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ], the measurement cardboard material is used. It is presumed that the strength is insufficient and the load bearing capacity of the corrugated cardboard box of the manufactured box becomes insufficient.
From Example 16, when only the basis weight of one of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], there is a difference in strength between the outside and the inside of the side plate and end plate of the manufactured cardboard box. It is presumed that the load-bearing capacity of the corrugated cardboard box of the manufactured box will be insufficient.
実施例16からは、表ライナおよび裏ライナの一方の坪量だけが90[g/m2]よりも大きいと、製造されたダンボール箱の側板および端板の外側と内側とで強度の差が大きく、製造された箱のダンボール箱の耐荷重性が不十分になるものと推察される。 From Examples 14 and 15, when the basis weight of the front liner is smaller than 35 [g / m 2 ] or the basis weight of the core is smaller than 45 [g / m 2 ], the measurement cardboard material is used. It is presumed that the strength is insufficient and the load bearing capacity of the corrugated cardboard box of the manufactured box becomes insufficient.
From Example 16, when only the basis weight of one of the front liner and the back liner is larger than 90 [g / m 2 ], there is a difference in strength between the outside and the inside of the side plate and end plate of the manufactured cardboard box. It is presumed that the load-bearing capacity of the corrugated cardboard box of the manufactured box will be insufficient.
実施例14~16に鑑みて、実施例1~13,比較例17~19からは表ライナおよび裏ライナのそれぞれの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であって中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上であることにより、測定ダンボール材を用いたダンボール箱の強度(耐荷重性)を確保できると言える。
In view of Examples 14 to 16, from Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, the basis weights of the front liner and the back liner are 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the basis weight of the core is 35 [g / m 2] or more. When it is 45 [g / m 2 ] or more, it can be said that the strength (load bearing capacity) of the corrugated cardboard box using the measured corrugated cardboard material can be ensured.
<小括>
上述した表3~表5で実施例,比較例の区分は、「屈曲性を確保する方針」に従う区分である。具体的には、屈曲性で優良な評価が得られた測定ダンボール材を「実施例」と呼び、屈曲性で不良な評価が得られた測定ダンボール材を「比較例」とした。
上述した表3~表5での実施例1~16,比較例17~19の測定ダンボール材は、下記の評価のポリシー1~3に応じて下記の表6のように実施例(優良評価),比較例(不良評価)に区分される。
ポリシー1:屈曲性を確保する方針
ポリシー2:緩衝性を確保する方針
ポリシー3:屈曲性,緩衝性,搬送性および製函後のつぶれにくさを確保する方針 <Summary>
The categories of Examples and Comparative Examples in Tables 3 to 5 described above are the categories according to the “policy for ensuring flexibility”. Specifically, the measured corrugated cardboard material obtained with excellent evaluation in flexibility was referred to as "Example", and the measured corrugated cardboard material obtained with poor evaluation in flexibility was referred to as "Comparative Example".
The measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in Tables 3 to 5 described above are shown in Examples (excellent evaluation) as shown in Table 6 below according to theevaluation policies 1 to 3 below. , It is classified into a comparative example (defect evaluation).
Policy 1: Policy to ensure flexibility Policy 2: Policy to secure cushioning Policy 3: Policy to ensure flexibility, cushioning, transportability and resistance to crushing after box making
上述した表3~表5で実施例,比較例の区分は、「屈曲性を確保する方針」に従う区分である。具体的には、屈曲性で優良な評価が得られた測定ダンボール材を「実施例」と呼び、屈曲性で不良な評価が得られた測定ダンボール材を「比較例」とした。
上述した表3~表5での実施例1~16,比較例17~19の測定ダンボール材は、下記の評価のポリシー1~3に応じて下記の表6のように実施例(優良評価),比較例(不良評価)に区分される。
ポリシー1:屈曲性を確保する方針
ポリシー2:緩衝性を確保する方針
ポリシー3:屈曲性,緩衝性,搬送性および製函後のつぶれにくさを確保する方針 <Summary>
The categories of Examples and Comparative Examples in Tables 3 to 5 described above are the categories according to the “policy for ensuring flexibility”. Specifically, the measured corrugated cardboard material obtained with excellent evaluation in flexibility was referred to as "Example", and the measured corrugated cardboard material obtained with poor evaluation in flexibility was referred to as "Comparative Example".
The measured corrugated cardboard materials of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 17 to 19 in Tables 3 to 5 described above are shown in Examples (excellent evaluation) as shown in Table 6 below according to the
Policy 1: Policy to ensure flexibility Policy 2: Policy to secure cushioning Policy 3: Policy to ensure flexibility, cushioning, transportability and resistance to crushing after box making
[I-III.変形例]
上述の実施形態はあくまでも例示に過ぎず、この実施形態で明示しない種々の変形や技術の適用を排除する意図はない。本実施形態の各構成は、それらの趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で種々変形して実施することができる。また、必要に応じて取捨選択することができ、適宜組み合わせることもできる。
たとえば、ダンボール材が製函システム用の資材である場合には、意図的に形成された切れ込みやミシン目などの追加加工が折目に施されていないことが好ましく、ダンボール材におけるライナの表層に設けられる罫線を起点(たとえば罫線を内側)に180[°]折り返される箇所が折目であることが好ましい。一方、ダンボール材が製函システム用以外の資材である場合には、切れ込みやミシン目などの加工が折目に施されていてもよい。 [I-III. Modification example]
The above-described embodiment is merely an example, and there is no intention of excluding the application of various modifications and techniques not specified in this embodiment. Each configuration of the present embodiment can be variously modified and implemented without departing from the gist thereof. In addition, it can be selected as needed and can be combined as appropriate.
For example, when the corrugated cardboard material is a material for a box-making system, it is preferable that no additional processing such as intentionally formed cuts or perforations is applied to the surface layer of the liner in the corrugated cardboard material. It is preferable that the crease is a portion that is folded back by 180 [°] from the provided ruled line as the starting point (for example, the ruled line is inside). On the other hand, when the corrugated cardboard material is a material other than that used for the box making system, processing such as cuts and perforations may be performed.
上述の実施形態はあくまでも例示に過ぎず、この実施形態で明示しない種々の変形や技術の適用を排除する意図はない。本実施形態の各構成は、それらの趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で種々変形して実施することができる。また、必要に応じて取捨選択することができ、適宜組み合わせることもできる。
たとえば、ダンボール材が製函システム用の資材である場合には、意図的に形成された切れ込みやミシン目などの追加加工が折目に施されていないことが好ましく、ダンボール材におけるライナの表層に設けられる罫線を起点(たとえば罫線を内側)に180[°]折り返される箇所が折目であることが好ましい。一方、ダンボール材が製函システム用以外の資材である場合には、切れ込みやミシン目などの加工が折目に施されていてもよい。 [I-III. Modification example]
The above-described embodiment is merely an example, and there is no intention of excluding the application of various modifications and techniques not specified in this embodiment. Each configuration of the present embodiment can be variously modified and implemented without departing from the gist thereof. In addition, it can be selected as needed and can be combined as appropriate.
For example, when the corrugated cardboard material is a material for a box-making system, it is preferable that no additional processing such as intentionally formed cuts or perforations is applied to the surface layer of the liner in the corrugated cardboard material. It is preferable that the crease is a portion that is folded back by 180 [°] from the provided ruled line as the starting point (for example, the ruled line is inside). On the other hand, when the corrugated cardboard material is a material other than that used for the box making system, processing such as cuts and perforations may be performed.
上述したダンボール材や測定ダンボール材に用いるライナ原紙および中芯原紙は、例に挙げた品番の製品に限らず、特許6213364号公報のダンボール用ライナの製造方法で作製したライナ原紙や、特開2017-218721号公報のダンボール原紙の製造方法で作製した中芯原紙を用いてもよい。
[II.第二実施形態] The liner base paper and core base paper used for the above-mentioned corrugated cardboard material and measurement cardboard material are not limited to the products having the product numbers mentioned in the examples, and the liner base paper produced by the method for manufacturing a corrugated board liner of Japanese Patent No. 6213364 and JP-A-2017. A core base paper produced by the method for producing a corrugated cardboard base paper of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. -218721 may be used.
[II. Second embodiment]
[II.第二実施形態] The liner base paper and core base paper used for the above-mentioned corrugated cardboard material and measurement cardboard material are not limited to the products having the product numbers mentioned in the examples, and the liner base paper produced by the method for manufacturing a corrugated board liner of Japanese Patent No. 6213364 and JP-A-2017. A core base paper produced by the method for producing a corrugated cardboard base paper of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. -218721 may be used.
[II. Second embodiment]
次に、図面を参照して、第二実施形態としての包装袋および包装袋用シートについて説明する。以下の第二実施形態はあくまでも例示に過ぎず、この第二実施形態で明示しない種々の変形や技術の適用を排除する意図はない。下記の第二実施形態の各構成は、それらの趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で種々変形して実施することができる。また、必要に応じて取捨選択することができ、あるいは適宜組み合わせることができる。
Next, the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet as the second embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. The following second embodiment is merely an example, and there is no intention of excluding the application of various modifications and techniques not specified in this second embodiment. Each configuration of the second embodiment described below can be variously modified and implemented without departing from the purpose thereof. In addition, it can be selected as needed, or can be combined as appropriate.
[1.構成]
[1-1.包装袋および包装袋用シート]
図3は本第二実施形態に係る包装袋1を組み立てる前の包装袋用シート9を示す平面図(包装袋1の展開図)であり、図4は図3の包装袋用シート9を組み立ててできる包装袋1を示す斜視図である。本第二実施形態の包装袋1は、一枚の段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シート9を組み立てて形成されるもの(たとえばレターパック)である。なお、図3の包装袋用シート9は、包装袋1の外側の面が見える向き(外面が紙面手前側になる向き)で示している。以下、図3に示す包装袋用シート9を「包装袋1の展開状態」ともいい、図4に示す包装袋1の状態を「組立状態」ともいう。 [1. Constitution]
[1-1. Packaging bag and sheet for packaging bag]
FIG. 3 is a plan view (expanded view of the packaging bag 1) showing thepackaging bag sheet 9 before assembling the packaging bag 1 according to the second embodiment, and FIG. 4 is the assembly of the packaging bag sheet 9 of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the packaging bag 1 which can be made. The packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment is formed by assembling a packaging bag sheet 9 made of one corrugated cardboard sheet (for example, a letter pack). The packaging bag sheet 9 in FIG. 3 is shown in a direction in which the outer surface of the packaging bag 1 can be seen (the outer surface is on the front side of the paper surface). Hereinafter, the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3 is also referred to as an “unfolded state of the packaging bag 1”, and the state of the packaging bag 1 shown in FIG. 4 is also referred to as an “assembled state”.
[1-1.包装袋および包装袋用シート]
図3は本第二実施形態に係る包装袋1を組み立てる前の包装袋用シート9を示す平面図(包装袋1の展開図)であり、図4は図3の包装袋用シート9を組み立ててできる包装袋1を示す斜視図である。本第二実施形態の包装袋1は、一枚の段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シート9を組み立てて形成されるもの(たとえばレターパック)である。なお、図3の包装袋用シート9は、包装袋1の外側の面が見える向き(外面が紙面手前側になる向き)で示している。以下、図3に示す包装袋用シート9を「包装袋1の展開状態」ともいい、図4に示す包装袋1の状態を「組立状態」ともいう。 [1. Constitution]
[1-1. Packaging bag and sheet for packaging bag]
FIG. 3 is a plan view (expanded view of the packaging bag 1) showing the
本第二実施形態の段ボールシートは、波形に成形された中芯6(図3のA部参照)の両側に対してライナが貼付された両面段ボール(例えばシングルフルートの段ボール)のシートであり、一般的な段ボールシートに比べて坪量を小さくした軽量な段ボールシートである。このような坪量の小さな段ボールシートは「軽量段ボールシート」とも呼ばれ、一般的な段ボールシートに比べて軽量であるとともに、柔らかく、フレキシブルに変形するという特性を持つため、特に好適に用いられる。
The corrugated cardboard sheet of the second embodiment is a double-sided corrugated cardboard (for example, a single flute corrugated cardboard) sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of a corrugated core 6 (see part A in FIG. 3). It is a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet with a smaller basis weight than a general corrugated cardboard sheet. Such a corrugated cardboard sheet having a small basis weight is also called a "lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet", and is particularly preferably used because it is lighter than a general corrugated cardboard sheet and has the characteristics of being soft and flexibly deformed.
本第二実施形態の軽量段ボールシートは、JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、中芯6の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である。なお、軽量段ボールシートとしては、例えば第一実施形態で上述したダンボール材100(枚葉シート状のダンボール材100)を適用可能である。本第二実施形態の包装袋1は、フレキシブル性の高い軽量段ボールシートを材料とすることで、よりフレキシブルな変形が可能となっている。
The lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet of the second embodiment is a liner in a state where it has been pretreated for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. The basis weight of the core 6 is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the basis weight of the core 6 is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less. As the lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, for example, the corrugated cardboard material 100 described in the first embodiment (corrugated cardboard material 100 in the form of a single-wafer sheet) can be applied. The packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment can be deformed more flexibly by using a highly flexible lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet as a material.
なお、図3中のA部は、中芯6のフルートが延在する方向Dfを示している。図3に示す包装袋用シート9では、少なくとも一組の対辺がフルートの延在方向Dfと一致する。以下、フルートの延在方向Dfを、段ボールシートの「目方向Df」という。目方向Dfは段ボールシートの所定方向(一方向)に延びるため、段ボールシートは目方向Dfに沿う方向で折れ曲がりやすい。以下、図3の包装袋用シート9の説明において、目方向Dfの一側(包装袋1の底側)を「底側」とし、目方向Dfの他側(包装袋1の開口側)を「開口側」とする。
Note that part A in FIG. 3 indicates the direction Df in which the flute of the core 6 extends. In the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, at least one set of opposite sides coincides with the extending direction Df of the flute. Hereinafter, the extension direction Df of the flute is referred to as the "eye direction Df" of the corrugated cardboard sheet. Since the eye direction Df extends in a predetermined direction (one direction) of the corrugated cardboard sheet, the corrugated cardboard sheet is easily bent in the direction along the eye direction Df. Hereinafter, in the description of the packaging bag sheet 9 of FIG. 3, one side of the eye direction Df (bottom side of the packaging bag 1) is referred to as the “bottom side”, and the other side of the eye direction Df (opening side of the packaging bag 1) is defined as the “bottom side”. Let it be the "opening side".
図3および図4に示すように、包装袋用シート9(展開状態の包装袋1)は、表面(おもてめん)部2および裏面部3と、二つのサイドフラップ4と、一つのフラップ5とを備える。本第二実施形態の包装袋1は、目方向Dfと直交する方向D1(以下「第一方向D1」という)の中心を通り目方向Dfに延びる直線C(以下「中心線C」という)に関し左右対称形状である。
As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the packaging bag sheet 9 (packaging bag 1 in the unfolded state) has a front surface (front noodle) portion 2 and a back surface portion 3, two side flaps 4, and one flap. 5 and. The packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment relates to a straight line C (hereinafter referred to as “center line C”) extending in the direction Df through the center of the direction D1 (hereinafter referred to as “first direction D1”) orthogonal to the eye direction Df. It has a symmetrical shape.
表面部2および裏面部3は目方向Dfに連設され、二つのサイドフラップ4は表面部2の左右両側に配置され、フラップ5は表面部2の開口側に配置される。なお、ここでいう「左右」とは、図3に示す包装袋用シート9において、第一方向D1の一側(図3中右側)を「右」とし、第一方向D1の他側(図3中左側)を「左」とした場合の方向である。
The front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 are connected in series in the eye direction Df, the two side flaps 4 are arranged on the left and right sides of the front surface portion 2, and the flaps 5 are arranged on the opening side of the front surface portion 2. The term "left and right" as used herein means that in the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, one side of the first direction D1 (right side in FIG. 3) is "right" and the other side of the first direction D1 (FIG. 3). This is the direction when the left side in 3 is set to "left".
表面部2および裏面部3は、包装袋1の主面部(本体面部)として機能する平面状の部分であり、組立状態で互いに対面する。以下、表面部2および裏面部3を特に区別しない場合には、「主面部2,3」という。本第二実施形態の主面部2,3は、目方向Dfに延びる辺が、目方向Dfと直交する第一方向D1に延びる辺よりも短い矩形状に形成されている。組立状態では、表面部2の開口側の辺と裏面部3の開口側の辺とで、図示しない開口が形成される。
The front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 are flat portions that function as the main surface portion (main body surface portion) of the packaging bag 1 and face each other in the assembled state. Hereinafter, when the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 are not particularly distinguished, they are referred to as “ main surface portions 2 and 3”. The main surface portions 2 and 3 of the second embodiment are formed in a rectangular shape in which the side extending in the eye direction Df is shorter than the side extending in the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df. In the assembled state, an opening (not shown) is formed between the side on the opening side of the front surface portion 2 and the side on the opening side of the back surface portion 3.
図3に示す展開状態では、表面部2および裏面部3が、図3中破線で示す罫線23(通常罫線)を挟んで目方向Dfに連設される。罫線23は、段ボールシートを折り曲げて包装袋1を形成するための(製袋用の)折罫である。図3に示す包装袋用シート9では、三本の罫線23がその両端部を除いて互いに平行に設けられており、厚みの大きな内容物も収容可能となっている。
In the unfolded state shown in FIG. 3, the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 are continuously provided in the eye direction Df with the ruled line 23 (normal ruled line) shown by the broken line in FIG. 3 interposed therebetween. The ruled line 23 is a fold ruled line (for bag making) for folding the corrugated cardboard sheet to form the packaging bag 1. In the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, three ruled lines 23 are provided in parallel with each other except for both ends thereof, and can accommodate thick contents.
なお、三本の罫線23のうち、真ん中の罫線23は表面部2および裏面部3の境界線であり、残りの二本の罫線23はマチ用である。この罫線23は、主面部2,3同士が連設される部分(連設部)に位置する通常罫線である。なお、連設部とは、二つの面部の境界を含み連設方向と直交する方向に延在する所定範囲を意味する。例えば、主面部2,3同士の連設部は、二つの主面部2,3の境界を含み第一方向D1に延在する所定範囲(表面部2の底側端部および裏面部3の底側端部からなる範囲)を意味する。
Of the three ruled lines 23, the middle ruled line 23 is the boundary line between the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3, and the remaining two ruled lines 23 are for the gusset. The ruled line 23 is a normal ruled line located at a portion (continuous portion) in which the main surface portions 2 and 3 are connected to each other. The continuous connection portion means a predetermined range extending in a direction orthogonal to the continuous connection direction including the boundary between the two surface portions. For example, the continuous portion between the main surface portions 2 and 3 includes a boundary between the two main surface portions 2 and 3 and extends in a predetermined range extending in the first direction D1 (bottom side end portion of the front surface portion 2 and the bottom of the back surface portion 3). It means the range consisting of the side ends).
各サイドフラップ4は、図3中にドット模様を付した部分であり、二つの主面部2,3の側縁同士を接合するためののりしろ面(のりしろ部)として機能する。本第二実施形態のサイドフラップ4は、表面部2の左右それぞれに、図3中破線で示す罫線24(通常罫線)を挟んで連設される。具体的には、各サイドフラップ4は、表面部2の目方向Dfに延びる辺の全体に亘って設けられる。
Each side flap 4 is a portion with a dot pattern in FIG. 3, and functions as a margin surface (glue portion) for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions 2 and 3. The side flaps 4 of the second embodiment are connected to each of the left and right sides of the surface portion 2 with a ruled line 24 (normal ruled line) shown by a broken line in FIG. 3 interposed therebetween. Specifically, each side flap 4 is provided over the entire side extending in the eye direction Df of the surface portion 2.
罫線24は、上記の罫線23と同様、段ボールシートを折り曲げて包装袋1を形成するための(製袋用の)折罫である。図3に示す包装袋用シート9では、三本の罫線24がその両端部を除いて互いに平行に設けられており、厚みの大きな内容物も収容可能となっている。なお、三本の罫線24のうち、真ん中の罫線24は表面部2および各サイドフラップ4の境界線であり、残りの二本の罫線24はマチ用である。この罫線24は、表面部2と各サイドフラップ4とが連設される部分(連設部)に位置する通常罫線である。
The ruled line 24 is a fold ruled line (for bag making) for bending the corrugated cardboard sheet to form the packaging bag 1, similar to the ruled line 23 described above. In the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, three ruled lines 24 are provided parallel to each other except for both ends thereof, and can accommodate thick contents. Of the three ruled lines 24, the middle ruled line 24 is the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4, and the remaining two ruled lines 24 are for gussets. The ruled line 24 is a normal ruled line located at a portion (continuous portion) in which the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4 are continuously provided.
本第二実施形態の包装袋1では、図4に示すように、二つのサイドフラップ4が包装袋1の内側を向く面(内面)に貼付される。すなわち、左右のサイドフラップ4は、組立状態の包装袋1において、裏面部3における表面部2を向く面(裏面部3の内側の面)の左側部および右側部のそれぞれに貼付される。以下、サイドフラップ4が包装袋1の内側に貼付された仕様を「内貼り」という。
In the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4, two side flaps 4 are attached to the inward facing surface (inner surface) of the packaging bag 1. That is, the left and right side flaps 4 are attached to the left side portion and the right side portion of the back surface portion 3 facing the front surface portion 2 (the inner surface of the back surface portion 3) in the assembled packaging bag 1. Hereinafter, the specification in which the side flap 4 is attached to the inside of the packaging bag 1 is referred to as "inner attachment".
図3に示すように、本第二実施形態のサイドフラップ4は、底側(図3中の上側)の縁部4bが直線状に形成されて角張っているのに対し、開口側(図3中の下側)の縁部4aが円弧状に形成されて丸められている。つまり、開口側の縁部4aの端面は曲面状である。これにより、内貼りの包装袋1であっても、開口から挿入される物体(品物)がサイドフラップ4に引っ掛かることが抑制される。また、本第二実施形態の包装袋1では、サイドフラップ4が予め潰された状態で裏面部3に貼付されている。すなわち、包装袋1が組立状態にされる前に(包装袋用シート9の状態で)、サイドフラップ4が柔らかくなるよう前加工がされている。
As shown in FIG. 3, in the side flap 4 of the second embodiment, the edge portion 4b on the bottom side (upper side in FIG. 3) is formed in a straight line and is angular, whereas the side flap 4 is on the opening side (FIG. 3). The edge portion 4a (on the lower side of the inside) is formed in an arc shape and is rounded. That is, the end face of the edge portion 4a on the opening side has a curved surface shape. As a result, even in the case of the inner packaging bag 1, it is possible to prevent an object (article) inserted through the opening from being caught in the side flap 4. Further, in the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment, the side flap 4 is attached to the back surface portion 3 in a state of being crushed in advance. That is, before the packaging bag 1 is put into the assembled state (in the state of the packaging bag sheet 9), the side flap 4 is preprocessed so as to be soft.
フラップ5は、二つの主面部2,3で形成される開口を封緘する部分(「ベロ」や「舌片」とも称される部位)であり、サイドフラップ4とは異なる方向に延在する。本第二実施形態のフラップ5は、表面部2の開口側に、図3中破線で示す罫線25(通常罫線)を挟んで連設され、表面部2の下側の辺の全体に亘って設けられる。罫線25は、上記の罫線23,24と同様、段ボールシートを折り曲げて包装袋1を形成するための(製袋用の)折罫である。図3に示す包装袋用シート9では、二本の罫線25が互いに平行に設けられており、厚みの大きな内容物も収容可能となっている。なお、二本の罫線25のうちの一方は表面部2およびフラップ5の境界線であり、他方はマチ用である。この罫線25は、表面部2とフラップ5とが連設される部分(連設部)に位置する通常罫線である。
The flap 5 is a portion (a portion also called a "bello" or a "tongue piece") that seals the opening formed by the two main surface portions 2 and 3, and extends in a direction different from that of the side flap 4. The flap 5 of the second embodiment is continuously provided on the opening side of the surface portion 2 with a ruled line 25 (normal ruled line) shown by a broken line in FIG. 3 interposed therebetween, and covers the entire lower side of the surface portion 2. It will be provided. The ruled line 25 is a fold ruled line (for bag making) for bending the corrugated cardboard sheet to form the packaging bag 1, similar to the above-mentioned ruled lines 23 and 24. In the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, two ruled lines 25 are provided in parallel with each other, and a thick content can be accommodated. One of the two ruled lines 25 is the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and the flap 5, and the other is for the gusset. The ruled line 25 is a normal ruled line located at a portion (continuous portion) in which the surface portion 2 and the flap 5 are continuously provided.
また、包装袋1および包装袋用シート9には、開封用の破断構造30が設けられる。この破断構造30については後述する。
Further, the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 are provided with a breaking structure 30 for opening. The fracture structure 30 will be described later.
ところで、段ボールシートは目方向Dfに沿う折線で折れ曲がりやすいという特性を有する一方で、目方向Df以外の方向(特に目方向Dfと直交する第一方向D1)に沿う折線では折れ曲がりにくいという特性がある。そのため、内容物が包装袋内で動いてしまうと、せっかくの段ボールシートの緩衝機能が十分に発揮されないというデメリットがあった。これに対し、本第二実施形態の包装袋1には、主面部2,3が内容物にフィットできるようフレキシブルに変形するためのフレキシブル罫線10が設けられている。
By the way, while the corrugated cardboard sheet has a characteristic that it is easily bent at a folding line along the eye direction Df, it has a characteristic that it is difficult to bend at a folding line along a direction other than the eye direction Df (particularly, the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df). .. Therefore, if the contents move inside the packaging bag, there is a demerit that the cushioning function of the corrugated cardboard sheet is not fully exhibited. On the other hand, the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment is provided with a flexible ruled line 10 for flexibly deforming the main surface portions 2 and 3 so as to fit the contents.
[1-2.フレキシブル罫線]
図3および図4中に点線で示すように、フレキシブル罫線10は、各主面部2,3の折れ曲がりを補助するための罫線であり、各主面部2,3において上記の通常罫線23,24,25とは別に設けられる。本第二実施形態のフレキシブル罫線10は、包装袋1の内側の面に設けられるが、包装袋1の外側の面に設けられてもよいし、内側および外側の両面に設けられてもよい。なお、フレキシブル罫線10の種類は特に限られず、押罫,ミシン目(ミシン刃),リード罫などを適用可能である。 [1-2. Flexible ruled line]
As shown by the dotted lines in FIGS. 3 and 4, the flexible ruledline 10 is a ruled line for assisting the bending of the main surface portions 2 and 3, and the above-mentioned normal ruled lines 23 and 24 in the main surface portions 2 and 3 It is provided separately from 25. The flexible ruled line 10 of the second embodiment is provided on the inner surface of the packaging bag 1, but may be provided on the outer surface of the packaging bag 1 or may be provided on both the inner and outer surfaces. The type of the flexible ruled line 10 is not particularly limited, and press ruled lines, perforations (perforation blades), lead ruled lines, and the like can be applied.
図3および図4中に点線で示すように、フレキシブル罫線10は、各主面部2,3の折れ曲がりを補助するための罫線であり、各主面部2,3において上記の通常罫線23,24,25とは別に設けられる。本第二実施形態のフレキシブル罫線10は、包装袋1の内側の面に設けられるが、包装袋1の外側の面に設けられてもよいし、内側および外側の両面に設けられてもよい。なお、フレキシブル罫線10の種類は特に限られず、押罫,ミシン目(ミシン刃),リード罫などを適用可能である。 [1-2. Flexible ruled line]
As shown by the dotted lines in FIGS. 3 and 4, the flexible ruled
フレキシブル罫線10は、段ボールシートの目方向Dfとは異なる三方向に延設された三種類の罫線11,12,13を含む。これら三種類の罫線11,12,13が延設される方向は互いに異なる。すなわち、包装袋1の主面部2,3は、合計で四方向(目方向Df+互いに異なる三方向)に折れ曲がりやすい構造となっており、これによりフレキシブルな変形が可能となっている。
The flexible ruled line 10 includes three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 extending in three directions different from the eye direction Df of the corrugated cardboard sheet. The directions in which these three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 are extended are different from each other. That is, the main surface portions 2 and 3 of the packaging bag 1 have a structure that is easily bent in four directions (Df in the eye direction + three directions different from each other) in total, which enables flexible deformation.
本第二実施形態の包装袋1および包装袋用シート9では、表面部2および裏面部3に同様のフレキシブル罫線10が設けられる。フレキシブル罫線10は、各主面部2,3において全体的に配置されるとともに、中心線Cに関し左右対称に設けられる。また、本第二実施形態のフレキシブル罫線10には、目方向Dfに延びる罫線は含まれない。言い換えると、主面部2,3を目方向Dfに沿う折線で折り曲げる場合には、中芯6の溝が利用される。
In the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 of the second embodiment, similar flexible ruled lines 10 are provided on the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3. The flexible ruled lines 10 are arranged as a whole on the main surface portions 2 and 3, and are provided symmetrically with respect to the center line C. Further, the flexible ruled line 10 of the second embodiment does not include a ruled line extending in the eye direction Df. In other words, when the main surface portions 2 and 3 are bent along the folding line along the eye direction Df, the groove of the core 6 is used.
三種類の罫線11,12,13のうち、第一の罫線11は上記の第一方向D1に延設される。つまり、第一の罫線11は、目方向Dfに垂直な「垂直罫線」である。一方、第二の罫線12は左上から右下に向かう方向に延設され、第三の罫線13は右上から左下に向かう方向に延設される。つまり、第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13は、主面部2,3の中央側で互いに交差する方向に延設された「クロス罫線」として設けられる。以下、第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13の延設方向をそれぞれ「第二方向D2」,「第三方向D3」という。本第二実施形態では、第二方向D2および第三方向D3がそれぞれ、主面部2,3の各対角線に沿う方向となっている。
Of the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13, the first ruled line 11 extends in the above-mentioned first direction D1. That is, the first ruled line 11 is a "vertical ruled line" perpendicular to the eye direction Df. On the other hand, the second ruled line 12 extends from the upper left to the lower right, and the third ruled line 13 extends from the upper right to the lower left. That is, the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are provided as "cross ruled lines" extending in the direction of intersecting each other on the central side of the main surface portions 2 and 3. Hereinafter, the extending directions of the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are referred to as "second direction D2" and "third direction D3", respectively. In the second embodiment, the second direction D2 and the third direction D3 are directions along the diagonal lines of the main surface portions 2 and 3, respectively.
また、包装袋1および包装袋用シート9には、複数の第一の罫線11が互いに平行に設けられる。第一の罫線11はすべて同じ長さであり、ほぼ等間隔に配置される。また、第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13はいずれも、表面部2および裏面部3に一つずつ設けられる。なお、本第二実施形態では、第一の罫線11と第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13とが重ならないよう、第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13がいずれも断続的に(間欠的に)一直線に設けられている。第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13の間欠部分をそれぞれ仮想的に結んで一直線とした場合、三種類の罫線11,12,13は各主面部2,3の中央部で交差する。
Further, the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 are provided with a plurality of first ruled lines 11 in parallel with each other. The first ruled lines 11 are all of the same length and are arranged at substantially equal intervals. Further, each of the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 is provided on the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 one by one. In the second embodiment, the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are intermittently arranged so that the first ruled line 11, the second ruled line 12, and the third ruled line 13 do not overlap. It is provided in a straight line (intermittently). When the intermittent portions of the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are virtually connected to form a straight line, the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 intersect at the central portion of each of the main surface portions 2, 3.
[1-3.破断構造]
次に、包装袋1および包装袋用シート9に設けられる開封構造としての破断構造30について説明する。破断構造30は、段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設されたものである。破断構造30としては、たとえばミシン目(ミシン刃),リード罫,ジッパー構造が挙げられる。本第二実施形態ではミシン目が採用された場合を例示する。包装袋1から内容物を取り出す際には、破断構造30に沿って包装袋1が破られる(破断する)。 [1-3. Break structure]
Next, the breakingstructure 30 as an opening structure provided in the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 will be described. The fracture structure 30 is a structure in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended. Examples of the breaking structure 30 include a perforation (perforation blade), a lead ruled line, and a zipper structure. In the second embodiment, a case where a perforation is adopted will be illustrated. When the contents are taken out from the packaging bag 1, the packaging bag 1 is torn (broken) along the breaking structure 30.
次に、包装袋1および包装袋用シート9に設けられる開封構造としての破断構造30について説明する。破断構造30は、段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設されたものである。破断構造30としては、たとえばミシン目(ミシン刃),リード罫,ジッパー構造が挙げられる。本第二実施形態ではミシン目が採用された場合を例示する。包装袋1から内容物を取り出す際には、破断構造30に沿って包装袋1が破られる(破断する)。 [1-3. Break structure]
Next, the breaking
図3および図4中に太線で示すように、本第二実施形態の破断構造30は、表面部2と各サイドフラップ4との境界線に沿って延設される。すなわち、本第二実施形態の包装袋1は、二つの破断構造30により開封が可能となっている。図3に示すように、本第二実施形態の各破断構造30は、真ん中の罫線24に沿って一直線に延設された二本の直線部31と、二本の直線部31の間をつなぐ一つの円弧部32とから構成される。
As shown by thick lines in FIGS. 3 and 4, the fracture structure 30 of the second embodiment extends along the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4. That is, the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment can be opened by the two breaking structures 30. As shown in FIG. 3, each fracture structure 30 of the second embodiment connects between two straight portions 31 extending in a straight line along a ruled line 24 in the middle and two straight portions 31. It is composed of one arc portion 32.
円弧部32は、上記の切込部が円弧状に連なって構成された部分であり、包装袋1の開封時に指で押されて最初に破られる。図3の円弧部32は、真ん中の罫線24と外側の罫線24との間に(あるいはこれらの罫線24に接して)設けられる。すなわち、円弧部32は、図4に示すようにマチの部分に設けられる。各直線部31は、円弧部32を構成する切込部と連続した切込部を含み、一直線に延設される。円弧部32が破られると、これに繋がる直線部31が続けて破られ、包装袋1が開封される。二つの破断構造30は、中心線Cに関して左右対称に配置される。
The arc portion 32 is a portion formed by connecting the above-mentioned cut portions in an arc shape, and is first torn by being pushed by a finger when the packaging bag 1 is opened. The arc portion 32 of FIG. 3 is provided between the middle ruled line 24 and the outer ruled line 24 (or in contact with these ruled lines 24). That is, the arc portion 32 is provided in the gusset portion as shown in FIG. Each straight line portion 31 includes a cut portion continuous with the cut portion forming the arc portion 32, and extends in a straight line. When the arc portion 32 is broken, the straight portion 31 connected to the arc portion 32 is continuously broken, and the packaging bag 1 is opened. The two fracture structures 30 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the center line C.
[2.作用および効果]
(1)上述した包装袋1および包装袋用シート9によれば、複数の切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造30を備えていることから、破断構造30を包装袋1の外部から視認できる。このため、ユーザーは簡単に包装袋1を開封することができる。また、開封位置を示す印等を印刷する必要がないため、印刷に必要なインキや印刷工程が不要である。 [2. Action and effect]
(1) According to thepackaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 described above, since the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 have a breaking structure 30 for opening in which a plurality of cut portions are intermittently connected and extended linearly, the broken portion is broken. The structure 30 can be visually recognized from the outside of the packaging bag 1. Therefore, the user can easily open the packaging bag 1. In addition, since it is not necessary to print a mark or the like indicating the opening position, ink or a printing process required for printing is not required.
(1)上述した包装袋1および包装袋用シート9によれば、複数の切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造30を備えていることから、破断構造30を包装袋1の外部から視認できる。このため、ユーザーは簡単に包装袋1を開封することができる。また、開封位置を示す印等を印刷する必要がないため、印刷に必要なインキや印刷工程が不要である。 [2. Action and effect]
(1) According to the
(2)上述した包装袋1は軽量段ボールシートで形成されているため、一般的な段ボールシートで形成された包装袋と比べて軽く、素材が柔らかく、フレキシブルに変形することができる。また、このような軽量段ボールシートで包装袋1を形成することにより、一般的な段ボールシートで形成するよりも軽い包装袋1が得られ、その結果、この包装袋1自体を輸送するコストや、この包装袋1を郵送,宅配等に使用した場合の送料コストを削減することが期待できる。このようなメリットをより活かすために、可能な限りシートの使用面積を減らすというニーズが発生しやすく、手段として、例えばフラップ5の延出寸法を最小限にするなどの方法が考えられるが、この場合、フラップ5に、開封用のジッパー構造を設けるためのスペースを確保することができない。
(2) Since the above-mentioned packaging bag 1 is formed of a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, it is lighter than a packaging bag formed of a general corrugated cardboard sheet, the material is soft, and it can be flexibly deformed. Further, by forming the packaging bag 1 with such a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, a packaging bag 1 lighter than that formed with a general corrugated cardboard sheet can be obtained, and as a result, the cost of transporting the packaging bag 1 itself and the cost of transporting the packaging bag 1 itself can be obtained. It can be expected that the shipping cost when this packaging bag 1 is used for mailing, home delivery, etc. will be reduced. In order to make the best use of these merits, there is a tendency for the need to reduce the used area of the sheet as much as possible, and as a means, for example, a method of minimizing the extension dimension of the flap 5 can be considered. In this case, it is not possible to secure a space for the flap 5 to be provided with a zipper structure for opening.
これに対し、上述した包装袋1であれば、破断構造30(たとえばミシン目)をフラップ5以外の領域(たとえば、主面部2,3とサイドフラップ4との境界線)に形成することができるため、フラップ5の延出寸法を短くできる。したがって、軽量段ボールシートに好適な破断構造30を持つ包装袋1を提供することができる。また、軽量段ボールシートで形成された包装袋1によれば、軽量段ボールシートの柔らかさ,変形しやすさを、三種類の罫線11,12,13によって補助することができるため、より柔らかく,より変形しやすい包装袋1を提供することができる。
On the other hand, in the case of the packaging bag 1 described above, the broken structure 30 (for example, a perforation) can be formed in a region other than the flap 5 (for example, the boundary line between the main surface portions 2 and 3 and the side flap 4). Therefore, the extension dimension of the flap 5 can be shortened. Therefore, it is possible to provide a packaging bag 1 having a breaking structure 30 suitable for a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet. Further, according to the packaging bag 1 formed of the lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, the softness and deformability of the lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet can be assisted by the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13, so that the packaging bag 1 is softer and more deformable. It is possible to provide a packaging bag 1 that is easily deformed.
(3)上述した破断構造30によれば、表面部2と各サイドフラップ4との境界線でもある罫線24に沿って延設されているため、たとえばジッパー構造をフラップ5に設けることなく開封手段を包装袋1に付設することができる。このため、フラップ5の延出寸法を短くでき、軽量化を図ることができる。また、本第二実施形態の包装袋1には二つの破断構造30が設けられているため、左右二箇所の位置から包装袋1を開封することができる。このため、ユーザーはどちらか一方の破断構造30を破断してもよいし、両方の破断構造30を破断してもよく、開封箇所の選択肢を増やすことができる。
(3) According to the above-mentioned breaking structure 30, since it extends along the ruled line 24 which is also the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and each side flap 4, for example, the opening means without providing the zipper structure on the flap 5. Can be attached to the packaging bag 1. Therefore, the extension dimension of the flap 5 can be shortened, and the weight can be reduced. Further, since the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment is provided with two breaking structures 30, the packaging bag 1 can be opened from two positions on the left and right. Therefore, the user may break either one of the broken structures 30 or both of the broken structures 30, and the options for the opening location can be increased.
(4)上述した破断構造30は、円弧部32と直線部31とを有しており、直線部31には、円弧部32を構成する切込部と連続した切込部が含まれている。このため、ユーザーの指によって円弧部32が押されると、まずは円弧部32が破断され、これに繋がる直線部31の切込部から順に直線部31も破断されていく。したがって、ユーザーが小さな力でより簡単に包装袋1を開封できる。
(4) The above-mentioned breaking structure 30 has an arc portion 32 and a straight portion 31, and the straight portion 31 includes a cut portion continuous with the cut portion constituting the arc portion 32. .. Therefore, when the arc portion 32 is pushed by the user's finger, the arc portion 32 is first broken, and the straight portion 31 is also broken in order from the cut portion of the straight portion 31 connected to the arc portion 32. Therefore, the user can open the packaging bag 1 more easily with a small force.
(5)上述した包装袋1によれば、二つのサイドフラップ4が内貼りされていることから、サイドフラップ4の露出する領域が抑えられるため、包装袋1の見栄えが良くなり、意匠性を向上させることができる。また、フラップ5を貼付する面が裏面部3のみの平面となるため、封緘時にフラップ5が貼りやすく、また、貼り付けたフラップ5がはがれにくくもなる。さらに、サイドフラップ4が包装袋1の外側の面に貼付される構成と比べて、段ボールシートの厚み分だけ主面部2,3の変形が抑制されにくくなり、フレキシブル性の向上に寄与できる。
(5) According to the above-mentioned packaging bag 1, since the two side flaps 4 are internally attached, the exposed area of the side flaps 4 is suppressed, so that the appearance of the packaging bag 1 is improved and the design is improved. Can be improved. Further, since the surface to which the flap 5 is attached is a flat surface only on the back surface portion 3, the flap 5 can be easily attached at the time of sealing, and the attached flap 5 is less likely to be peeled off. Further, as compared with the configuration in which the side flap 4 is attached to the outer surface of the packaging bag 1, the deformation of the main surface portions 2 and 3 is less likely to be suppressed by the thickness of the corrugated cardboard sheet, which can contribute to the improvement of flexibility.
(6)特に、上述したサイドフラップ4は、開口側の縁部4aが円弧状に形成されていることから、包装袋1の開口から物体を入れるときに、その物体がサイドフラップ4に引っ掛かりにくくなり、内容物を収容する作業性を向上させることができる。
(7)また、二つのサイドフラップ4は予め潰された状態で主面部2,3に貼付されていることから、サイドフラップ4を柔らかくすることができ、よりフレキシブルな包装袋1を実現できる。 (6) In particular, since theedge portion 4a on the opening side of the side flap 4 described above is formed in an arc shape, the object is less likely to be caught by the side flap 4 when an object is inserted through the opening of the packaging bag 1. Therefore, the workability of accommodating the contents can be improved.
(7) Further, since the twoside flaps 4 are attached to the main surface portions 2 and 3 in a state of being crushed in advance, the side flaps 4 can be softened and a more flexible packaging bag 1 can be realized.
(7)また、二つのサイドフラップ4は予め潰された状態で主面部2,3に貼付されていることから、サイドフラップ4を柔らかくすることができ、よりフレキシブルな包装袋1を実現できる。 (6) In particular, since the
(7) Further, since the two
(8)本第二実施形態の包装袋1および包装袋用シート9によれば、主面部2,3に、目方向Df以外の三方向に延びる罫線11,12,13を含むフレキシブル罫線10が設けられることから、もともと折れ曲がりやすい目方向Df以外の三方向にも折れ曲がりやすく、フレキシブル性を高めることができる。
(8) According to the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 of the second embodiment, the flexible ruled lines 10 including the ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 extending in three directions other than the eye direction Df are formed on the main surface portions 2 and 3. Since it is provided, it is easy to bend in three directions other than the eye direction Df, which is originally easy to bend, and flexibility can be enhanced.
たとえば図5に示すように、包装袋1に収容される内容物の外形に応じて、主面部2,3が三種類の罫線11,12,13を折線として折れ曲がりやすくなる。これにより、フレキシブルな包装袋1を実現できるため、中実の厚紙(ボール紙)で形成される通常のレターパックと比較して、厚みのある物体や丸い物体など、さまざまな形状の物体(内容物)をその形状に沿ってフレキシブルに梱包できる。
For example, as shown in FIG. 5, the main surface portions 2 and 3 are easily bent with three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 depending on the outer shape of the contents housed in the packaging bag 1. As a result, a flexible packaging bag 1 can be realized, so that objects of various shapes (contents) such as thick objects and round objects are compared with ordinary letter packs made of solid cardboard (cardboard). Items) can be flexibly packed according to their shape.
このように内容物の外形に沿った折れ曲がりの変形が容易な包装袋1によれば、シュリンク包装のように内容物の拘束性を高めることができ、包装袋1の資材として用いられている段ボールシートによる緩衝機能を適切に発揮させることができる。したがって、内容物の保護性能を高めるフレキシブルな包装袋1および包装袋用シート9を提供することができる。
According to the packaging bag 1, which is easily bent and deformed along the outer shape of the contents, the binding property of the contents can be enhanced like shrink packaging, and the corrugated cardboard used as the material of the packaging bag 1. The cushioning function of the sheet can be appropriately exerted. Therefore, it is possible to provide a flexible packaging bag 1 and a packaging bag sheet 9 that enhance the protection performance of the contents.
また、上記の特許文献2には、開口を広げるための折り曲げ容易線が斜めに設けられている。しかしながら、目方向Dfを考慮せずに罫線を設けただけでは、本第二実施形態の包装袋1のようにフレキシブル性を向上させることは難しい。これは、段ボールシートには、目方向Dfに沿う折線で折れ曲がりやすいという特性がある一方で、目方向Df以外の方向(特に目方向Dfと直交する第一方向D1)に沿う折線では折れ曲がりにくいという特性があるからである。また、目方向Dfを考慮しない二方向の罫線では、本第二実施形態のフレキシブル罫線10のように、収容空間を確保するように主面部2,3を変形させることは困難である。この点、上述した包装袋1および包装袋用シート9であれば、収容空間が適切に確保されるように主面部2,3を変形させることが可能である。また、主面部2,3が変形しやすいことにより収容空間が内容物にフィットすることによって内容物を保持する効果を得ることができる。
Further, in the above-mentioned Patent Document 2, an easy-to-bend line for widening the opening is provided diagonally. However, it is difficult to improve the flexibility as in the packaging bag 1 of the second embodiment only by providing the ruled lines without considering the eye direction Df. This is because the cardboard sheet has the characteristic that it is easy to bend at the folding line along the eye direction Df, but it is difficult to bend at the folding line along the direction other than the eye direction Df (especially the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df). Because it has characteristics. Further, in the bidirectional ruled line that does not consider the eye direction Df, it is difficult to deform the main surface portions 2 and 3 so as to secure the accommodation space as in the flexible ruled line 10 of the second embodiment. In this respect, with the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 described above, the main surface portions 2 and 3 can be deformed so that the accommodation space is appropriately secured. Further, since the main surface portions 2 and 3 are easily deformed, the accommodation space fits the contents, so that the effect of holding the contents can be obtained.
(9)段ボールシートは、目方向Dfに垂直な方向(第一方向D1)が最も折れ曲がりにくいが、上述した包装袋1では、この第一方向D1に沿う折線での折れ曲がりを第一の罫線11により補助できる。さらに、主面部2,3の中央側で交差するように二つの罫線12,13が延設されるため、中央側の空間が広くなるように主面部2,3が変形しやすくなり、大きな内容物もフレキシブルに梱包できる。
(9) The corrugated cardboard sheet is most difficult to bend in the direction perpendicular to the eye direction Df (first direction D1), but in the above-mentioned packaging bag 1, the bending along the first direction D1 is the first ruled line 11. Can be assisted by. Further, since the two ruled lines 12 and 13 are extended so as to intersect at the center side of the main surface portions 2 and 3, the main surface portions 2 and 3 are easily deformed so as to widen the space on the central side, which is a large content. Items can be packed flexibly.
(10)特に、上述した包装袋1によれば、第二方向D2および第三方向D3が主面部2,3の各対角線に沿う方向であることから、包装袋1の中央部が広がりやすくなり、大きな内容物もフレキシブルに梱包できる。なお、三種類の罫線11,12,13が主面部2,3の中央部で交差するように設けることで、包装袋1の中央部に広い収容空間を確保しやすくすることができる。
(10) In particular, according to the above-mentioned packaging bag 1, since the second direction D2 and the third direction D3 are in the directions along the diagonal lines of the main surface portions 2 and 3, the central portion of the packaging bag 1 is likely to expand. , Large contents can be packed flexibly. By providing the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 so as to intersect at the central portions of the main surface portions 2 and 3, it is possible to easily secure a wide storage space in the central portion of the packaging bag 1.
(11)また、第一の罫線11が複数平行に設けられることで、目方向Dfと直交する第一方向D1への折れ曲がりやすさを向上させることができ、内容物の形状やサイズに応じた変形がしやすくなり、フレキシブル性をより向上させることができる。
(11) Further, by providing a plurality of first ruled lines 11 in parallel, it is possible to improve the ease of bending in the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df, depending on the shape and size of the contents. It becomes easy to deform, and the flexibility can be further improved.
(12)上述した包装袋1では、フレキシブル罫線10には目方向Dfに延びる罫線が含まれない(目方向Dfに延びる罫線が存在しない)。すなわち、目方向Dfに沿う折線で折り曲げる場合には、もともと折れ曲がりやすい中芯6のフルートの延在方向を利用することで、罫線を一種類省略できる。
(12) In the packaging bag 1 described above, the flexible ruled line 10 does not include a ruled line extending in the eye direction Df (there is no ruled line extending in the eye direction Df). That is, when bending along a folding line along the eye direction Df, one type of ruled line can be omitted by using the extending direction of the flute of the core 6 which is originally easy to bend.
[3.破断構造の変形例]
破断構造30の構成は上述したものに限られない。ここで、図6~図10を用いて五つの変形例を説明する。なお、図6~図10に示す包装袋用シート9A~9E(包装袋1A~1E)は、図3に示す包装袋用シート9(包装袋1)に対し、破断構造30のみが異なり、他の構成は同一である。以下の説明では、同一の構成については同一の符号を付し、重複する説明は省略する。 [3. Deformation example of fracture structure]
The structure of thefracture structure 30 is not limited to that described above. Here, five modified examples will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 10. The packaging bag sheets 9A to 9E (packaging bags 1A to 1E) shown in FIGS. 6 to 10 differ from the packaging bag sheets 9 (packaging bag 1) shown in FIG. 3 only in the breaking structure 30. The composition of is the same. In the following description, the same components will be designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.
破断構造30の構成は上述したものに限られない。ここで、図6~図10を用いて五つの変形例を説明する。なお、図6~図10に示す包装袋用シート9A~9E(包装袋1A~1E)は、図3に示す包装袋用シート9(包装袋1)に対し、破断構造30のみが異なり、他の構成は同一である。以下の説明では、同一の構成については同一の符号を付し、重複する説明は省略する。 [3. Deformation example of fracture structure]
The structure of the
〈破断構造の第一変形例〉
図6に示す包装袋用シート9A(包装袋1A)では、破断構造30Aが表面部2と一方(右側)のみのサイドフラップ4との境界線に沿って延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。なお、破断構造30Aは、上記の破断構造30と同様、ミシン目であって、上記の直線部31および円弧部32と同様の、直線部31Aおよび円弧部32Aを有する。このように、一方のサイドフラップ4の根元部分にのみ破断構造30Aが設けられた包装袋1Aおよび包装袋用シート9Aによっても、上述した第二実施形態で得られる効果(3)および(4)と同様の効果が得られる。また、上述した第二実施形態と同様の構成からは同様の効果が得られる。 <First deformation example of fracture structure>
In thepackaging bag sheet 9A (packaging bag 1A) shown in FIG. 6, the fracture structure 30A is extended along the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and the side flap 4 on only one side (right side), as described above. It differs from the configuration of the second embodiment. The breaking structure 30A has a perforation similar to the above-mentioned breaking structure 30 and has a straight portion 31A and an arc portion 32A similar to the above-mentioned straight portion 31 and arc portion 32. As described above, the effects (3) and (4) obtained in the second embodiment described above also by the packaging bag 1A and the packaging bag sheet 9A in which the breaking structure 30A is provided only at the root portion of one side flap 4. The same effect as is obtained. Further, the same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
図6に示す包装袋用シート9A(包装袋1A)では、破断構造30Aが表面部2と一方(右側)のみのサイドフラップ4との境界線に沿って延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。なお、破断構造30Aは、上記の破断構造30と同様、ミシン目であって、上記の直線部31および円弧部32と同様の、直線部31Aおよび円弧部32Aを有する。このように、一方のサイドフラップ4の根元部分にのみ破断構造30Aが設けられた包装袋1Aおよび包装袋用シート9Aによっても、上述した第二実施形態で得られる効果(3)および(4)と同様の効果が得られる。また、上述した第二実施形態と同様の構成からは同様の効果が得られる。 <First deformation example of fracture structure>
In the
なお、図6では、右側のサイドフラップ4の根元部分のみに破断構造30Aが設けられているが、左側のサイドフラップ4の根元部分のみに破断構造30Aが設けられてもよい。少なくとも一方のサイドフラップ4と主面部2,3との境界線に沿って破断構造が設けられた包装袋および包装袋用シートであれば、上述した第二実施形態で得られる効果(3)と同様の効果を得ることができる。
In FIG. 6, the breaking structure 30A is provided only at the root portion of the right side flap 4, but the breaking structure 30A may be provided only at the root portion of the left side flap 4. If the packaging bag and the packaging bag sheet are provided with a breaking structure along the boundary line between at least one side flap 4 and the main surface portions 2 and 3, the effect (3) obtained in the second embodiment described above can be obtained. A similar effect can be obtained.
〈破断構造の第二変形例〉
図7に示す包装袋用シート9B(包装袋1B)では、破断構造30Bが二つの主面部2,3同士の境界線(ここでは真ん中の罫線23)に沿って延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。この破断構造30Bは、上記の破断構造30と同様、ミシン目である。 <Second modification of fracture structure>
In thepackaging bag sheet 9B (packaging bag 1B) shown in FIG. 7, the fracture structure 30B extends along the boundary line between the two main surface portions 2 and 3 (here, the ruled line 23 in the middle). It is different from the configuration of the second embodiment described above. The fracture structure 30B is a perforation like the fracture structure 30 described above.
図7に示す包装袋用シート9B(包装袋1B)では、破断構造30Bが二つの主面部2,3同士の境界線(ここでは真ん中の罫線23)に沿って延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。この破断構造30Bは、上記の破断構造30と同様、ミシン目である。 <Second modification of fracture structure>
In the
破断構造30Bは、真ん中の罫線23に沿って一直線に延設された二本の直線部31Bと、二本の直線部31Bの間をつなぐ一つの円弧部32Bとから構成される。円弧部32Bは、段ボールシートを貫通する切込部が円弧状に連なって構成された部分であり、中心線C上に位置する。図7の円弧部32Bは、真ん中の罫線23と裏面部3側の罫線23との間に(あるいはこれらの罫線23に接して)設けられる。各直線部31Bは、上記の直線部31と同様、円弧部32Bを構成する切込部と連続した切込部を含み、一直線に延設される。円弧部32Bが破られると、これに繋がる直線部31Bが続けて破られ、包装袋1Bが開封される。
The fracture structure 30B is composed of two straight portions 31B extending in a straight line along the middle ruled line 23 and one arc portion 32B connecting between the two straight portions 31B. The arc portion 32B is a portion formed by connecting cut portions penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in an arc shape, and is located on the center line C. The arc portion 32B of FIG. 7 is provided between the middle ruled line 23 and the ruled line 23 on the back surface portion 3 side (or in contact with these ruled lines 23). Like the straight line portion 31 described above, each straight line portion 31B includes a cut portion continuous with the cut portion constituting the arc portion 32B, and extends in a straight line. When the arc portion 32B is broken, the straight portion 31B connected to the arc portion 32B is continuously broken, and the packaging bag 1B is opened.
本変形例に係る包装袋1Bおよび包装袋用シート9Bによれば、破断構造30Bが主面部2,3同士の境界線でもある罫線23に沿って延設されているため、フラップ5と逆側(すなわち底側)の縁部に位置する破断構造30Bによって包装袋1Bを開封することができる。また、フラップ5以外の領域に破断構造30Bが設けられることから、フラップ5の延出寸法を短くでき、軽量化を図ることができる。なお、上述した第二実施形態と同様の構成からは同様の効果が得られる。
According to the packaging bag 1B and the packaging bag sheet 9B according to this modification, the fracture structure 30B extends along the ruled line 23, which is also the boundary line between the main surface portions 2 and 3, and is therefore on the opposite side to the flap 5. The packaging bag 1B can be opened by the breaking structure 30B located at the edge (that is, the bottom side). Further, since the fracture structure 30B is provided in the region other than the flap 5, the extension dimension of the flap 5 can be shortened and the weight can be reduced. The same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
〈破断構造の第三変形例〉
図8に示す包装袋用シート9C(包装袋1C)では、破断構造30Cが二つの主面部2,3同士の境界線(ここでは真ん中の罫線23)と、表面部2およびフラップ5の境界線(ここでは内側の罫線25)とに沿ってそれぞれ延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。この破断構造30Cは、上記の破断構造30と同様、ミシン目である。 <Third modification example of fracture structure>
In thepackaging bag sheet 9C (packaging bag 1C) shown in FIG. 8, the breaking structure 30C has a boundary line between two main surface portions 2 and 3 (here, a ruled line 23 in the middle) and a boundary line between the surface portion 2 and the flap 5. It differs from the configuration of the second embodiment described above in that it extends along (here, the inner ruled line 25). The fracture structure 30C is a perforation like the fracture structure 30 described above.
図8に示す包装袋用シート9C(包装袋1C)では、破断構造30Cが二つの主面部2,3同士の境界線(ここでは真ん中の罫線23)と、表面部2およびフラップ5の境界線(ここでは内側の罫線25)とに沿ってそれぞれ延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。この破断構造30Cは、上記の破断構造30と同様、ミシン目である。 <Third modification example of fracture structure>
In the
一方の破断構造30Cは、真ん中の罫線23に沿って一直線に延設された二本の直線部31Cと、二本の直線部31Cの間をつなぎ、真ん中の罫線23と表面部2側の罫線23との間に(あるいはこれらの罫線23に接して)位置する一つの円弧部32Cとから構成される。また、他方の破断構造30Cは、内側の罫線25に沿って一直線に延設された二本の直線部31Cと、二本の直線部31Cの間をつなぎ、表面部2側に凸となった一つの円弧部32Cとから構成される。各円弧部32Cが破られると、これに繋がる直線部31Cが続けて破られ、包装袋1Cが開封される。
On the other hand, the broken structure 30C connects the two straight portions 31C extending in a straight line along the middle ruled line 23 and the two straight portions 31C, and connects the middle ruled line 23 and the ruled line on the surface portion 2 side. It is composed of one arc portion 32C located between (or in contact with these ruled lines 23) the 23. Further, the other fracture structure 30C connects the two straight portions 31C extending in a straight line along the inner ruled line 25 and the two straight portions 31C, and becomes convex toward the surface portion 2. It is composed of one arc portion 32C. When each arc portion 32C is broken, the straight portion 31C connected to the arc portion 32C is continuously broken, and the packaging bag 1C is opened.
本変形例に係る包装袋1Cおよび包装袋用シート9Cによっても、破断構造30Cが主面部2,3同士の境界線でもある罫線23とフラップ5の罫線25とに沿ってそれぞれ延設されているため、フラップ5と逆側(底側)の縁部およびフラップ5の根元部分の二箇所に位置する破断構造30Cによって包装袋1Cを開封することができる。また、フラップ5と逆側(底側)の縁部のみに破断構造30Bが設けられた上記の第二変形例と比べて、二箇所から開封できる。このため、上記第二実施形態と同様、開封箇所の選択肢を増やすこともできる。なお、上述した第二実施形態と同様の構成からは同様の効果が得られる。
Also in the packaging bag 1C and the packaging bag sheet 9C according to this modification, the breaking structure 30C is extended along the ruled line 23, which is also the boundary line between the main surface portions 2 and 3, and the ruled line 25 of the flap 5. Therefore, the packaging bag 1C can be opened by the breaking structure 30C located at two locations, the edge portion on the opposite side (bottom side) of the flap 5 and the root portion of the flap 5. Further, as compared with the above-mentioned second modification in which the breaking structure 30B is provided only on the edge portion on the opposite side (bottom side) of the flap 5, the package can be opened from two places. Therefore, as in the second embodiment, it is possible to increase the options for the opening location. The same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
〈破断構造の第四変形例〉
図9に示す包装袋用シート9D(包装袋1D)では、破断構造30Dが二つの主面部2,3およびフラップ5に亘って延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。本変形例の破断構造30Dは、裏面部3に貼付される二つのサイドフラップ4のうちの一方(ここでは右側)の端縁に沿う位置において延設される。なお、ここでいう端縁は、サイドフラップ4に連設されている表面部2(一方の主面部)と逆側に位置する端縁である。 <Fourth deformation example of fracture structure>
Thepackaging bag sheet 9D (packaging bag 1D) shown in FIG. 9 has the configuration of the second embodiment described above in that the fractured structure 30D extends over the two main surface portions 2, 3 and the flap 5. different. The fracture structure 30D of this modification is extended at a position along the edge of one of the two side flaps 4 attached to the back surface portion 3 (here, the right side). The edge here is an edge located on the opposite side of the surface portion 2 (one main surface portion) connected to the side flap 4.
図9に示す包装袋用シート9D(包装袋1D)では、破断構造30Dが二つの主面部2,3およびフラップ5に亘って延設されている点で、上述した第二実施形態の構成と異なる。本変形例の破断構造30Dは、裏面部3に貼付される二つのサイドフラップ4のうちの一方(ここでは右側)の端縁に沿う位置において延設される。なお、ここでいう端縁は、サイドフラップ4に連設されている表面部2(一方の主面部)と逆側に位置する端縁である。 <Fourth deformation example of fracture structure>
The
すなわち、表面部2と右側のサイドフラップ4との境界線である真ん中の罫線24から、右側のサイドフラップ4の端縁までの距離Xと、同じく真ん中の罫線24から破断構造30Dまでの距離Yとが同一(X=Y)または略同一(X≒Y)に設定される。また、本変形例の破断構造30Dは、上記の破断構造30と同様、ミシン目であり、目方向Dfに延びる一直線状の直線部31Dのみを有する。
That is, the distance X from the middle ruled line 24, which is the boundary line between the surface portion 2 and the right side flap 4, to the edge of the right side flap 4, and the distance Y from the middle ruled line 24 to the breaking structure 30D. Is set to be the same (X = Y) or substantially the same (X≈Y). Further, the fracture structure 30D of this modified example is a perforation like the above-mentioned fracture structure 30, and has only a linear straight portion 31D extending in the direction Df.
本変形例に係る包装袋1Dおよび包装袋用シート9Dによれば、破断構造30Dが一方の主面部3(すなわち裏面部3)に貼付される二つのサイドフラップ4の少なくとも一方の端縁に沿う位置において、二つの主面部2,3およびフラップ5に亘って延設されているため、サイドフラップ4の端縁をガイドにして破断構造30Dを破断できる。このため、ユーザーがより簡単に、安定して包装袋1Dを開封できる。さらに、図9に示す包装袋1Dおよび包装袋用シート9Dであれば、目方向Dfに沿って一直線に破断構造30D(直線部31D)が設けられるため、中芯6の溝を利用してまっすぐ破断できる。なお、上述した第二実施形態と同様の構成からは同様の効果が得られる。
According to the packaging bag 1D and the packaging bag sheet 9D according to this modification, the fracture structure 30D is along at least one end edge of the two side flaps 4 attached to one main surface portion 3 (that is, the back surface portion 3). At the position, since it extends over the two main surface portions 2, 3 and the flap 5, the breaking structure 30D can be broken by using the edge of the side flap 4 as a guide. Therefore, the user can open the packaging bag 1D more easily and stably. Further, in the case of the packaging bag 1D and the packaging bag sheet 9D shown in FIG. 9, since the breaking structure 30D (straight line portion 31D) is provided in a straight line along the eye direction Df, the packaging bag 1D and the packaging bag sheet 9D are straightened by using the groove of the core 6. Can break. The same effect can be obtained from the same configuration as that of the second embodiment described above.
〈破断構造の第五変形例〉
図10に示す包装袋用シート9E(包装袋1E)では、破断構造30Eが中心線C上に位置している点で、上記の第四変形例の構成と異なる。すなわち、本変形例の破断構造30Eは、二つの主面部2,3およびフラップ5の第一方向D1の中心位置(中心線C上)において、目方向Dfに沿って一直線に延びる直線部31Eのみを有する。なお、破断構造30Eもミシン目として設けられる。 <Fifth deformation example of fracture structure>
Thepackaging bag sheet 9E (packaging bag 1E) shown in FIG. 10 is different from the configuration of the fourth modification described above in that the fracture structure 30E is located on the center line C. That is, the fracture structure 30E of this modification is only the straight portion 31E extending in a straight line along the eye direction Df at the center position (on the center line C) of the two main surface portions 2 and 3 and the flap 5 in the first direction D1. Has. The fracture structure 30E is also provided as a perforation.
図10に示す包装袋用シート9E(包装袋1E)では、破断構造30Eが中心線C上に位置している点で、上記の第四変形例の構成と異なる。すなわち、本変形例の破断構造30Eは、二つの主面部2,3およびフラップ5の第一方向D1の中心位置(中心線C上)において、目方向Dfに沿って一直線に延びる直線部31Eのみを有する。なお、破断構造30Eもミシン目として設けられる。 <Fifth deformation example of fracture structure>
The
本変形例に係る包装袋1Eおよび包装袋用シート9Eによっても、上記の第四変形例と同様、中芯6の溝を利用してまっすぐ破断できる。また、包装袋1Eを真ん中で破断できるため、たとえば図5に示すような厚みの大きな内容物を簡単に取り出すことができる。
The packaging bag 1E and the packaging bag sheet 9E according to this modification can also be broken straight by using the groove of the core 6 as in the fourth modification. Further, since the packaging bag 1E can be broken in the middle, the thick contents as shown in FIG. 5, for example, can be easily taken out.
[4.フレキシブル罫線の変形例]
フレキシブル罫線10の構成は上述した第二実施形態のものに限られない。ここで、主面部2,3に設けられるフレキシブル罫線10の変形例を図11(a)~(e)に示す。なお、図11(a)~(e)では、サイドフラップ4およびフラップ5を省略するとともに、二つの主面部2,3には同様のフレキシブル罫線10が設けられるものとして、主面部2,3を一つにまとめて示している。また、三種類の罫線11,12,13の延在方向D1,D2,D3が上記第二実施形態と同様であれば、上記第二実施形態と同一の符号を付す。 [4. Flexible ruled line transformation example]
The configuration of the flexible ruledline 10 is not limited to that of the second embodiment described above. Here, a modified example of the flexible ruled line 10 provided on the main surface portions 2 and 3 is shown in FIGS. 11 (a) to 11 (e). In FIGS. 11A to 11E, the side flaps 4 and the flaps 5 are omitted, and the main surface portions 2 and 3 are provided with similar flexible ruled lines 10 on the two main surface portions 2 and 3. It is shown together in one. Further, if the extending directions D1, D2, and D3 of the three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 are the same as those in the second embodiment, the same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are assigned.
フレキシブル罫線10の構成は上述した第二実施形態のものに限られない。ここで、主面部2,3に設けられるフレキシブル罫線10の変形例を図11(a)~(e)に示す。なお、図11(a)~(e)では、サイドフラップ4およびフラップ5を省略するとともに、二つの主面部2,3には同様のフレキシブル罫線10が設けられるものとして、主面部2,3を一つにまとめて示している。また、三種類の罫線11,12,13の延在方向D1,D2,D3が上記第二実施形態と同様であれば、上記第二実施形態と同一の符号を付す。 [4. Flexible ruled line transformation example]
The configuration of the flexible ruled
〈フレキシブル罫線の第一変形例〉
図11(a)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Aは、三種類の罫線11,12,13が上記第二実施形態と同一の方向D1,D2,D3に延びている。ただし、図11(a)では、長さの異なる複数の第一の罫線11が異なる間隔で平行に配置されている。ここでは、主面部2,3の中央側に位置する第一の罫線11の方が、外側に位置する第一の罫線11よりも短くなっており、中央部における第一の罫線11同士の間隔が最も広くなっている。また、図11(a)では、第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13がいずれも各対角線に沿うとともに一直線に設けられているが、主面部2,3の中央部には設けられていない。言い換えると、主面部2,3の中央部にはフレキシブル罫線10が存在しない。 <First modification of flexible ruled line>
In the flexible ruledline 10A shown in FIG. 11A, three types of ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 extend in the same directions D1, D2, and D3 as in the second embodiment. However, in FIG. 11A, a plurality of first ruled lines 11 having different lengths are arranged in parallel at different intervals. Here, the first ruled line 11 located on the center side of the main surface portions 2 and 3 is shorter than the first ruled line 11 located on the outside, and the distance between the first ruled lines 11 in the central portion is shorter. Is the widest. Further, in FIG. 11A, the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 are both provided in a straight line along each diagonal line, but are not provided in the central portions of the main surface portions 2 and 3. .. In other words, the flexible ruled line 10 does not exist in the central portion of the main surface portions 2 and 3.
図11(a)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Aは、三種類の罫線11,12,13が上記第二実施形態と同一の方向D1,D2,D3に延びている。ただし、図11(a)では、長さの異なる複数の第一の罫線11が異なる間隔で平行に配置されている。ここでは、主面部2,3の中央側に位置する第一の罫線11の方が、外側に位置する第一の罫線11よりも短くなっており、中央部における第一の罫線11同士の間隔が最も広くなっている。また、図11(a)では、第二の罫線12および第三の罫線13がいずれも各対角線に沿うとともに一直線に設けられているが、主面部2,3の中央部には設けられていない。言い換えると、主面部2,3の中央部にはフレキシブル罫線10が存在しない。 <First modification of flexible ruled line>
In the flexible ruled
このように、主面部2,3の中央部に罫線11,12,13が存在しない包装袋1であれば、例えば直方体や四角錐台のような形状の物体を収容するのに好適である。すなわち、中央部では主面部2,3が折れ曲がらずに内容物にフィットでき、その周囲の部分では、フレキシブル罫線10に沿って折れ曲がるため、これによっても内容物にフィットできる。したがって、図11(a)に示す変形例のフレキシブル罫線10Aを持つ包装袋1によっても、内容物の形状に沿ってフレキシブルに梱包できる。
As described above, the packaging bag 1 in which the ruled lines 11, 12, and 13 do not exist in the central portions of the main surface portions 2 and 3 is suitable for accommodating an object having a shape such as a rectangular parallelepiped or a quadrangular pyramid. That is, in the central portion, the main surface portions 2 and 3 can be fitted to the contents without bending, and in the peripheral portion, the main surface portions 2 and 3 are bent along the flexible ruled line 10, so that the contents can also be fitted. Therefore, the packaging bag 1 having the flexible ruled line 10A of the modified example shown in FIG. 11A can also be flexibly packed according to the shape of the contents.
〈フレキシブル罫線の第二変形例〉
図11(b)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Bでは、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′が、主面部2,3の中央側で互いに交差する方向ではあるものの、主面部2,3の各対角線に沿う方向ではない。具体的には、第二の罫線12′の第二方向D2′は、左上の角と下側の辺の中心とを結ぶ仮想線に沿う方向であり、第三の罫線13′の第二方向D3′は、右上の角と下側の辺の中心とを結ぶ仮想線に沿う方向である。なお、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は主面部2,3の中央部には設けられておらず、主面部2,3の四隅のそれぞれに配置される。 <Second modification of flexible ruled line>
In the flexible ruledline 10B shown in FIG. 11B, although the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'are in the direction of intersecting each other on the central side of the main surface portions 2 and 3, the main surface portions 2 and 3 Not along each diagonal. Specifically, the second direction D2'of the second ruled line 12'is the direction along the virtual line connecting the upper left corner and the center of the lower side, and the second direction of the third ruled line 13'. D3'is the direction along the virtual line connecting the upper right corner and the center of the lower side. The second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'are not provided in the central portion of the main surface portions 2 and 3, but are arranged at the four corners of the main surface portions 2 and 3.
図11(b)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Bでは、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′が、主面部2,3の中央側で互いに交差する方向ではあるものの、主面部2,3の各対角線に沿う方向ではない。具体的には、第二の罫線12′の第二方向D2′は、左上の角と下側の辺の中心とを結ぶ仮想線に沿う方向であり、第三の罫線13′の第二方向D3′は、右上の角と下側の辺の中心とを結ぶ仮想線に沿う方向である。なお、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は主面部2,3の中央部には設けられておらず、主面部2,3の四隅のそれぞれに配置される。 <Second modification of flexible ruled line>
In the flexible ruled
また、図11(b)では、図1および図11(a)に示したものよりも短い間隔で複数の第一の罫線11が平行に配置される。これにより、第一方向D1に沿ってより折れ曲がりやすくなっている。このようなフレキシブル罫線10Bを持つ包装袋1によっても、内容物の形状に沿ってフレキシブルに梱包できる。
Further, in FIG. 11B, a plurality of first ruled lines 11 are arranged in parallel at intervals shorter than those shown in FIGS. 1 and 11A. This makes it easier to bend along the first direction D1. The packaging bag 1 having such a flexible ruled line 10B can also be flexibly packed according to the shape of the contents.
〈フレキシブル罫線の第三変形例〉
図11(c)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Cでは、第一の罫線11が上記第二実施形態と同一の方向D1に延びており、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は図11(b)のものと同一の方向D2′,D3′に延びている。ただし、この変形例のフレキシブル罫線10Cは、主面部2,3の目方向Dfにおいて上下非対称となっている。言い換えると、これまで説明した図3,図11(a)および(b)のフレキシブル罫線10,10A,10Bはいずれも主面部2,3の中心点に関して点対称形状であったが、このフレキシブル罫線10Cは左右対称ではあるものの上下対称ではない。 <Third modification example of flexible ruled line>
In the flexible ruledline 10C shown in FIG. 11C, the first ruled line 11 extends in the same direction D1 as in the second embodiment, and the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'are shown in FIG. 11 (c). It extends in the same direction D2'and D3'as in b). However, the flexible ruled line 10C of this modified example is vertically asymmetric in the eye direction Df of the main surface portions 2 and 3. In other words, the flexible ruled lines 10, 10A, and 10B of FIGS. 3, 11 (a) and 11 (b) described so far all have a point-symmetrical shape with respect to the center points of the main surface portions 2, 3, but these flexible ruled lines Although 10C is symmetrical, it is not vertically symmetrical.
図11(c)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Cでは、第一の罫線11が上記第二実施形態と同一の方向D1に延びており、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は図11(b)のものと同一の方向D2′,D3′に延びている。ただし、この変形例のフレキシブル罫線10Cは、主面部2,3の目方向Dfにおいて上下非対称となっている。言い換えると、これまで説明した図3,図11(a)および(b)のフレキシブル罫線10,10A,10Bはいずれも主面部2,3の中心点に関して点対称形状であったが、このフレキシブル罫線10Cは左右対称ではあるものの上下対称ではない。 <Third modification example of flexible ruled line>
In the flexible ruled
図11(c)の例では、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′の本数が上下で異なる。ただし、組立状態で対向する表面部2および裏面部3の対向する部分には、同様に配置された罫線11,12′,13′が位置することが好ましい。例えば、主面部2,3同士の境界をなす罫線23に近い側に多くの罫線12′,13′を配置し、開口側に少ない罫線12′,13′を配置することで、包装袋1の底側で内容物をフレキシブルに梱包可能となる。したがって、このようなフレキシブル罫線10Cを持つ包装袋1によっても、内容物の形状に沿ってフレキシブルに梱包できる。
In the example of FIG. 11C, the number of the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13' are different between the upper and lower sides. However, it is preferable that the similarly arranged ruled lines 11, 12', 13'are located on the facing portions of the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 facing each other in the assembled state. For example, by arranging many ruled lines 12'and 13'on the side close to the ruled line 23 forming the boundary between the main surface portions 2 and 3, and arranging few ruled lines 12'and 13'on the opening side, the packaging bag 1 can be used. The contents can be flexibly packed on the bottom side. Therefore, even with the packaging bag 1 having such a flexible ruled line 10C, it is possible to flexibly pack the contents according to the shape of the contents.
〈フレキシブル罫線の第四変形例〉
図11(d)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Dでは、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は図11(b)のものと同一の方向D2′,D3′に延びているが、その配置が異なる。具体的には、第二の罫線12′が右上と左下とに設けられ、第三の罫線13′が左上と右下とに設けられる。このため、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は、主面部2,3の中央側で互いに交差しない。このようなフレキシブル罫線10Dを持つ包装袋1によっても、内容物の形状に沿ってフレキシブルに梱包できる。 <Fourth modification of flexible ruled lines>
In the flexible ruledline 10D shown in FIG. 11 (d), the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'extend in the same directions D2'and D3'as those in FIG. Is different. Specifically, the second ruled line 12'is provided at the upper right and the lower left, and the third ruled line 13'is provided at the upper left and the lower right. Therefore, the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'do not intersect each other on the central side of the main surface portions 2 and 3. The packaging bag 1 having such a flexible ruled line 10D can also be flexibly packed according to the shape of the contents.
図11(d)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Dでは、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は図11(b)のものと同一の方向D2′,D3′に延びているが、その配置が異なる。具体的には、第二の罫線12′が右上と左下とに設けられ、第三の罫線13′が左上と右下とに設けられる。このため、第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′は、主面部2,3の中央側で互いに交差しない。このようなフレキシブル罫線10Dを持つ包装袋1によっても、内容物の形状に沿ってフレキシブルに梱包できる。 <Fourth modification of flexible ruled lines>
In the flexible ruled
〈その他〉
上記の四つのフレキシブル罫線の変形例で示したフレキシブル罫線10A~10Dを組み合わせてもよい。例えば、図11(b)に示した第一の罫線11と図11(c)に示した第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′とを組み合わせてもよい。また、主面部2,3の目方向Dfの一側部に第二の罫線12′を複数並設し、目方向Dfの他側部に第三の罫線13′を複数並設してもよいし、第二の罫線12′と第三の罫線13′とを交互に配置してもよい。また、第三変形例において、開口側の罫線12′,13′の本数を罫線23側の罫線12′,13′の本数よりも多くしてもよい。 <Others>
The flexible ruledlines 10A to 10D shown in the above-mentioned modification examples of the four flexible ruled lines may be combined. For example, the first ruled line 11 shown in FIG. 11B and the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'shown in FIG. 11C may be combined. Further, a plurality of second ruled lines 12'may be arranged side by side on one side of the main surface portions 2 and 3 in the eye direction Df, and a plurality of third ruled lines 13' may be arranged side by side on the other side portion of the eye direction Df. Then, the second ruled line 12'and the third ruled line 13'may be arranged alternately. Further, in the third modification, the number of ruled lines 12'and 13'on the opening side may be larger than the number of ruled lines 12' and 13'on the ruled line 23 side.
上記の四つのフレキシブル罫線の変形例で示したフレキシブル罫線10A~10Dを組み合わせてもよい。例えば、図11(b)に示した第一の罫線11と図11(c)に示した第二の罫線12′および第三の罫線13′とを組み合わせてもよい。また、主面部2,3の目方向Dfの一側部に第二の罫線12′を複数並設し、目方向Dfの他側部に第三の罫線13′を複数並設してもよいし、第二の罫線12′と第三の罫線13′とを交互に配置してもよい。また、第三変形例において、開口側の罫線12′,13′の本数を罫線23側の罫線12′,13′の本数よりも多くしてもよい。 <Others>
The flexible ruled
上記第二実施形態およびフレキシブル罫線の各変形例では、第一の罫線11が第一方向D1に延設されているが、第一の罫線11が目方向Dfに垂直でなくてもよく、例えば、目方向Dfに対して80°や110°に傾く方向に延設されてもよい。なお、三種類の罫線11,12,13等は直線に限られず、曲線や波線であってもよい。また、フレキシブル罫線が各主面部2,3において部分的に配置されていてもよいし、中心線Cに関し左右非対称に設けられてもよい。なお、図11(e)に示すように、第二の罫線12,第三の罫線13については、第一の罫線11と重なるように連続して設けることも可能である。
In each modification of the second embodiment and the flexible ruled line, the first ruled line 11 extends in the first direction D1, but the first ruled line 11 does not have to be perpendicular to the eye direction Df, for example. , It may be extended in a direction inclined at 80 ° or 110 ° with respect to the eye direction Df. The three types of ruled lines 11, 12, 13, and the like are not limited to straight lines, but may be curved lines or wavy lines. Further, the flexible ruled lines may be partially arranged on the main surface portions 2 and 3, or may be provided asymmetrically with respect to the center line C. As shown in FIG. 11E, the second ruled line 12 and the third ruled line 13 can be continuously provided so as to overlap the first ruled line 11.
[5.その他の変形例]
上述した包装袋1等は一例であって、上述した構成に限られない。たとえば図12に示すように、フラップ5の端縁が目方向Dfに一致する向きで包装袋1Fおよび包装袋用シート9Fが形成されてもよい。この包装袋1Fおよび包装袋用シート9Fは、図3に示す包装袋1および包装袋用シート9に対し、目方向Dfが直交しており、目方向Dfに垂直な第一方向D1が、図12中の上下方向(開口側と底側とを繋ぐ方向)となっている。このため、第一の罫線11の延設方向も、目方向Dfに対する方向が図3のものとは90度の角度をなす。この包装袋1Fおよび包装袋用シート9Fには、図6に示す破断構造30Aが適用されているが、上述した破断構造30,30B~30Eのいずれを適用してもよい。このような構成であっても、上述した第二実施形態および破断構造の変形例と同様の効果を得ることができる。 [5. Other variants]
The above-mentionedpackaging bag 1 and the like are examples, and are not limited to the above-mentioned configuration. For example, as shown in FIG. 12, the packaging bag 1F and the packaging bag sheet 9F may be formed in a direction in which the edge of the flap 5 coincides with the eye direction Df. In the packaging bag 1F and the packaging bag sheet 9F, the eye direction Df is orthogonal to the packaging bag 1 and the packaging bag sheet 9 shown in FIG. 3, and the first direction D1 perpendicular to the eye direction Df is shown in FIG. It is the vertical direction (the direction connecting the opening side and the bottom side) in 12. Therefore, the extending direction of the first ruled line 11 also has an angle of 90 degrees with respect to the eye direction Df. Although the breaking structure 30A shown in FIG. 6 is applied to the packaging bag 1F and the packaging bag sheet 9F, any of the above-mentioned breaking structures 30, 30B to 30E may be applied. Even with such a configuration, the same effect as that of the second embodiment described above and the modified example of the fracture structure can be obtained.
上述した包装袋1等は一例であって、上述した構成に限られない。たとえば図12に示すように、フラップ5の端縁が目方向Dfに一致する向きで包装袋1Fおよび包装袋用シート9Fが形成されてもよい。この包装袋1Fおよび包装袋用シート9Fは、図3に示す包装袋1および包装袋用シート9に対し、目方向Dfが直交しており、目方向Dfに垂直な第一方向D1が、図12中の上下方向(開口側と底側とを繋ぐ方向)となっている。このため、第一の罫線11の延設方向も、目方向Dfに対する方向が図3のものとは90度の角度をなす。この包装袋1Fおよび包装袋用シート9Fには、図6に示す破断構造30Aが適用されているが、上述した破断構造30,30B~30Eのいずれを適用してもよい。このような構成であっても、上述した第二実施形態および破断構造の変形例と同様の効果を得ることができる。 [5. Other variants]
The above-mentioned
また、図13に示すように、主面部2,3の目方向Dfに延びる辺が、目方向Dfと直交する第一方向D1に延びる辺よりも長い矩形状に形成された包装袋1G(包装袋用シート9G)に対し、上述したフレキシブル罫線10,10A~10Dを適用してもよい。この包装袋1Gは、主面部2,3の縦横比が異なる点と第一の罫線11の本数が多い点とを除いて、図3に示す包装袋1と同様に構成されている。このような包装袋1Gであっても、上述した第二実施形態と同様の作用効果を得ることができる。
Further, as shown in FIG. 13, a packaging bag 1G (packaging) in which the sides of the main surface portions 2 and 3 extending in the eye direction Df are formed in a rectangular shape longer than the sides extending in the first direction D1 orthogonal to the eye direction Df. The flexible ruled lines 10, 10A to 10D described above may be applied to the bag sheet 9G). The packaging bag 1G is configured in the same manner as the packaging bag 1 shown in FIG. 3, except that the aspect ratios of the main surface portions 2 and 3 are different and the number of the first ruled lines 11 is large. Even with such a packaging bag 1G, the same effects as those of the second embodiment described above can be obtained.
また、表面部2に設けられるフレキシブル罫線と裏面部3に設けられるフレキシブル罫線とが異なる構成であってもよい。例えば、表面部2には図3に示すフレキシブル罫線10を適用し、裏面部3には図11(a)に示すフレキシブル罫線10Aを適用した包装袋であってもよい。なお、フレキシブル罫線10等は、主面部のどちらかを平面に保ちたい場合等、必要に応じて表面部2又は裏面部3のいずれか片方のみに設けることも可能である。また、たとえば図14に示すように、フレキシブル罫線10Hが、三種類の罫線11′,12′,13′に加えて第四の罫線14を含んでもよい。
Further, the flexible ruled line provided on the front surface portion 2 and the flexible ruled line provided on the back surface portion 3 may have different configurations. For example, the packaging bag may have the flexible ruled line 10 shown in FIG. 3 applied to the front surface portion 2 and the flexible ruled line 10A shown in FIG. 11A applied to the back surface portion 3. The flexible ruled line 10 or the like can be provided on only one of the front surface portion 2 and the back surface portion 3 as necessary, such as when it is desired to keep either of the main surface portions flat. Further, for example, as shown in FIG. 14, the flexible ruled line 10H may include a fourth ruled line 14 in addition to the three types of ruled lines 11', 12', and 13'.
図14に示す第四の罫線14は渦巻き形状になっており、目方向Dfとは異なる方向に延びる。このように、主面部2の中央部に渦巻き形状の罫線14を含んだ包装袋1H(包装袋用シート9H)であれば、筒状体(柱状体)や球状の物体をフレキシブルに梱包することが可能となる。なお、図14のフレキシブル罫線10Hでは、第一の罫線11′が第一方向D1に沿う波線に形成されている。また、第二の罫線12′が表面部2の左側の領域に複数配置され、第三の罫線13′が表面部2の右側の領域に複数配置されている。また、フレキシブル罫線に、目方向Dfに沿う罫線が含まれていてもよい。すなわち、目方向Df以外の三方向に延びる三種類の罫線に加え、目方向Dfに延びる罫線がフレキシブル罫線の一部として設けられていてもよい。
The fourth ruled line 14 shown in FIG. 14 has a spiral shape and extends in a direction different from the eye direction Df. As described above, in the case of the packaging bag 1H (packaging bag sheet 9H) including the spiral ruled line 14 in the central portion of the main surface portion 2, a tubular body (columnar body) or a spherical object can be flexibly packed. Is possible. In the flexible ruled line 10H of FIG. 14, the first ruled line 11'is formed as a wavy line along the first direction D1. Further, a plurality of second ruled lines 12'are arranged in the area on the left side of the surface portion 2, and a plurality of third ruled lines 13'are arranged in the region on the right side of the surface portion 2. Further, the flexible ruled line may include a ruled line along the eye direction Df. That is, in addition to the three types of ruled lines extending in the three directions other than the eye direction Df, the ruled lines extending in the eye direction Df may be provided as a part of the flexible ruled lines.
上述した包装袋1は、サイドフラップ4が内貼りされるものであったが、サイドフラップ4が包装袋1の外側を向く面(外面)に貼付されてもよい。このようなサイドフラップ4が包装袋1の外側に貼付された仕様を「外貼り」という。サイドフラップ4が外貼りされる場合、内貼りの構成と比較して、サイドフラップ4が内側に存在しないため、包装袋1の開口から物体を挿入しやすい。また、包装袋1の主面部2,3の左右それぞれを、二つのサイドフラップ4によって外側から挟み込む構成となるため、包装袋1の耐久性を向上させることができる。なお、サイドフラップ4が外貼りの場合には、開口側の端部4aを円弧状にする必要はない。
Although the side flap 4 was internally attached to the above-mentioned packaging bag 1, the side flap 4 may be attached to the outward facing surface (outer surface) of the packaging bag 1. The specification in which such a side flap 4 is attached to the outside of the packaging bag 1 is referred to as "outer attachment". When the side flap 4 is attached to the outside, it is easy to insert an object through the opening of the packaging bag 1 because the side flap 4 does not exist inside as compared with the configuration of the inside attachment. Further, since the left and right sides of the main surface portions 2 and 3 of the packaging bag 1 are sandwiched from the outside by the two side flaps 4, the durability of the packaging bag 1 can be improved. When the side flap 4 is externally attached, it is not necessary to make the end portion 4a on the opening side arcuate.
上述した第二実施形態および第一変形例~第三変形例に係る破断構造30,30A~30Cはいずれも、連設された二つの面部の境界線上に設けられているが、破断構造の位置はこれに限られず、たとえばマチ用の罫線上であってもよい。
The fracture structures 30, 30A to 30C according to the second embodiment and the first modification to the third modification described above are all provided on the boundary line between the two continuous surface portions, but the position of the fracture structure Is not limited to this, and may be on a ruled line for a gusset, for example.
なお、サイドフラップ4の位置は表面部2の左右でなくてもよく、裏面部3の左右であってもよいし、表面部2の左右一方および裏面部3の左右他方であってもよい。すなわち、包装袋が中心線Cに関し左右対称形状でなくてもよい。また、サイドフラップ4の開口側の端部4aが直線状であってもよい。フラップ5の位置も表面部2の開口側に限られず、裏面部3の開口側であってもよい。
The positions of the side flaps 4 may not be left and right of the front surface portion 2, may be left and right of the back surface portion 3, or may be one of the left and right sides of the front surface portion 2 and the left and right sides of the back surface portion 3. That is, the packaging bag does not have to have a symmetrical shape with respect to the center line C. Further, the end portion 4a on the opening side of the side flap 4 may be linear. The position of the flap 5 is not limited to the opening side of the front surface portion 2, and may be the opening side of the back surface portion 3.
上述した包装袋1等は、軽量段ボールシートで形成される場合を例示したが、包装袋が一般的な段ボールシートで形成されてもよい。また、段ボールシートは、シングルフルートの段ボールに限られず、いわゆる「複両面段ボール」や「複々両面段ボール」であってもよいし、片面段ボールシートであってもよい。
[III.付記]
以上の実施形態に関する付記を開示する。
〔付記1〕
中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記2〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記1に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記3〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記1または2に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記4〕
前記両面ダンボールは、Aフルート、BフルートまたはCフルートである
ことを特徴とする付記1~3の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記5〕
前記両面ダンボールはBフルートであり、
前記中芯の坪量が110[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記1~4の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記6〕
包装対象の物品を包む袋体として使用される
ことを特徴とする付記1~5の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記7〕
製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とする付記1~5の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記8〕
前記両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りである
ことを特徴とする付記1~7の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記9〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記10〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合した構造を有し連続する両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で
24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記11〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記10に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記12〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが200[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記10または11に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記13〕
中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で
24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記14〕
中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で
24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
包装対象の物品を包む袋体、または、製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記15〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記14に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記16〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記13~15の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記17〕
前記両面ダンボールは、Aフルート、BフルートまたはCフルートである
ことを特徴とする付記13~16の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記18〕
前記両面ダンボールはBフルートであり、
前記中芯の坪量が110[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記13~17の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記19〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記20〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
包装対象の物品を包む袋体、または、製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記21〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合した構造を有し連続する両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが200[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記22〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合した構造を有し連続する両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
包装対象の物品を包む袋体、または、製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記23〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記21または22に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記24〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが200[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記22または付記22を引用する付記23に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記25〕
互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、
少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備え、
前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む
ことを特徴とする、包装袋。
〔付記26〕
第一の前記罫線は、前記フルートが延在する方向に対し垂直な方向に延設され、
第二の前記罫線および第三の前記罫線は、前記主面部の中央側で互いに交差する方向に延設される
ことを特徴とする、付記25記載の包装袋。
〔付記27〕
前記第二の罫線および前記第三の罫線は、前記主面部の各対角線に沿う方向に延設される
ことを特徴とする、付記26記載の包装袋。
〔付記28〕
複数の前記第一の罫線が、互いに平行に設けられている
ことを特徴とする、付記26又は27記載の包装袋。
〔付記29〕
前記フレキシブル罫線には、前記フルートが延在する方向に延びる罫線は含まれない
ことを特徴とする、付記25~28のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記30〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の内側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記25~29のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記31〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記開口側の縁部が円弧状である
ことを特徴とする、付記30記載の包装袋。
〔付記32〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の外側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記25~29のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記33〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、予め潰された状態で前記主面部に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記25~32のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記34〕
前記段ボールシートは、
前記中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面段ボールシートであり、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする、付記25~33のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記35〕
連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、
少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備え、
前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む
ことを特徴とする、包装袋用シート。
〔付記36〕
互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、
前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えた
ことを特徴とする、包装袋。
〔付記37〕
前記段ボールシートは、中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面段ボールシートであって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする、付記36に記載の包装袋。
〔付記38〕
一方の前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップとはそれぞれ連接されており、
前記破断構造は、少なくとも一方の前記サイドフラップと前記主面部との境界線に沿って延設されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36又は37に記載の包装袋。
〔付記39〕
前記二つの主面部は互いに連接されており、
前記破断構造は、前記二つの主面部同士の境界線に沿って延設されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36又は37に記載の包装袋。
〔付記40〕
一方の前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップとはそれぞれ連接されており、
前記破断構造は、他方の前記主面部に貼付される前記二つのサイドフラップの少なくとも一方の端縁に沿う位置において前記二つの主面部および前記フラップに亘って延設されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36又は37に記載の包装袋。
〔付記41〕
前記破断構造は、前記切込部が円弧状に連なって構成された円弧部と、前記円弧部を構成する前記切込部と連続した前記切込部を含み一直線に延設された直線部と、を有する
ことを特徴とする、付記36~40のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記42〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の内側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36~41のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記43〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記開口側の縁部が円弧状である
ことを特徴とする、付記42記載の包装袋。
〔付記44〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の外側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36~41のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記45〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、予め潰された状態で前記主面部に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36~44のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記46〕
連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、
前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えた
ことを特徴とする、包装袋用シート。 Although the above-mentionedpackaging bag 1 and the like have illustrated the case where the packaging bag is formed of a lightweight corrugated cardboard sheet, the packaging bag may be formed of a general corrugated cardboard sheet. The corrugated cardboard sheet is not limited to single flute corrugated cardboard, and may be a so-called "double-sided corrugated cardboard", "double-sided double-sided corrugated cardboard", or a single-sided corrugated cardboard sheet.
[III. Addendum]
The additional notes regarding the above embodiments will be disclosed.
[Appendix 1]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less.
[Appendix 2]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according toAppendix 1, wherein the core has a basis weight of 45 [g / m 2] or more.
[Appendix 3]
The corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 1 or 2, wherein the planar compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less.
[Appendix 4]
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one ofSupplementary note 1 to 3, wherein the double-sided corrugated cardboard is an A flute, a B flute, or a C flute.
[Appendix 5]
The double-sided cardboard is a B flute,
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one ofAppendix 1 to 4, wherein the core has a basis weight of 110 [g / m 2] or less.
[Appendix 6]
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one ofAppendix 1 to 5, which is used as a bag for wrapping an article to be packaged.
[Appendix 7]
The cardboard material according to any one ofAppendix 1 to 5, wherein the cardboard material is used as a box-making material assembled in a cardboard box in a box-making system.
[Appendix 8]
In the double-sided cardboard, a rectangular sheet is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction on a plane along the fold at each of the folds extending linearly along the first direction. The cardboard material according to any one ofSupplementary note 1 to 7, wherein the sheets are stacked in a bellows fold along a third direction orthogonal to both the direction and the second direction.
[Appendix 9]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 10]
In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold. A bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less.
[Appendix 11]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according toAppendix 10, wherein the core has a basis weight of 45 [g / m 2] or more.
[Appendix 12]
The corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 10 or 11, wherein the plane compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 200 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less.
[Appendix 13]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 14]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A cardboard material that is used as a bag for wrapping an article to be packaged or as a box-making material that is assembled into a cardboard box by a box-making system.
[Appendix 15]
The corrugated cardboard material according toAppendix 14, wherein the plane compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less.
[Appendix 16]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one ofAppendix 13 to 15, wherein the core has a basis weight of 45 [g / m 2] or more.
[Appendix 17]
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one ofAppendix 13 to 16, wherein the double-sided corrugated cardboard is an A flute, a B flute, or a C flute.
[Appendix 18]
The double-sided cardboard is a B flute,
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one ofAppendix 13 to 17, wherein the core has a basis weight of 110 [g / m 2] or less.
[Appendix 19]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 20]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A cardboard material that is used as a bag for wrapping an article to be packaged or as a box-making material that is assembled into a cardboard box by a box-making system.
[Appendix 21]
In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold. A bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 200 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 22]
In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold. A bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A cardboard material that is used as a bag for wrapping an article to be packaged or as a box-making material that is assembled into a cardboard box by a box-making system.
[Appendix 23]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 21 or 22, wherein the core has a basis weight of 45 [g / m 2] or more.
[Appendix 24]
Described in Appendix 22 orAppendix 23, which cites Appendix 22, characterized in that the planar compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 200 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less. Cardboard material.
[Appendix 25]
It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet. It is a formed packaging bag,
At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions. ,
The flexible ruled line is a packaging bag comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
[Appendix 26]
The first ruled line extends in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the flute extends.
25. The packaging bag according toAppendix 25, wherein the second ruled line and the third ruled line extend in a direction intersecting each other on the central side of the main surface portion.
[Appendix 27]
The packaging bag according to Appendix 26, wherein the second ruled line and the third ruled line extend in a direction along each diagonal line of the main surface portion.
[Appendix 28]
The packaging bag according to Appendix 26 or 27, wherein a plurality of the first ruled lines are provided in parallel with each other.
[Appendix 29]
The packaging bag according to any one ofAppendix 25 to 28, wherein the flexible ruled line does not include a ruled line extending in a direction in which the flute extends.
[Appendix 30]
The packaging bag according to any one ofAppendix 25 to 29, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the inside of the packaging bag.
[Appendix 31]
The packaging bag according toAppendix 30, wherein the two side flaps have an arcuate edge on the opening side.
[Appendix 32]
The packaging bag according to any one ofSupplementary note 25 to 29, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the outside of the packaging bag.
[Appendix 33]
The packaging bag according to any one ofAppendix 25 to 32, wherein the two side flaps are attached to the main surface portion in a state of being crushed in advance.
[Appendix 34]
The corrugated cardboard sheet
A double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of the core.
The liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2 ] under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. ] Or less, and the packaging bag according to any one ofAppendix 25 to 33, wherein the core has a basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less.
[Appendix 35]
It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions. However, it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions. ,
The flexible ruled line is a sheet for a packaging bag, comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
[Appendix 36]
It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet. It is a formed packaging bag,
A packaging bag characterized by having a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
[Appendix 37]
The corrugated cardboard sheet is a double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of the core.
The liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2 ] under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. ] Or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, the packaging bag according to Appendix 36.
[Appendix 38]
One of the main surface portions and each of the side flaps are connected to each other.
The packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37, wherein the fractured structure extends along a boundary line between at least one of the side flaps and the main surface portion.
[Appendix 39]
The two main surface parts are connected to each other and are connected to each other.
The packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37, wherein the fractured structure extends along a boundary line between the two main surface portions.
[Appendix 40]
One of the main surface portions and each of the side flaps are connected to each other.
The fractured structure is characterized in that it extends over the two main surface portions and the flaps at a position along at least one end edge of the two side flaps attached to the other main surface portion. , The packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37.
[Appendix 41]
The fracture structure includes an arc portion formed by connecting the cut portions in an arc shape and a straight portion extending in a straight line including the cut portion continuous with the notch portion constituting the arc portion. The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary Provisions 36 to 40, which comprises.
[Appendix 42]
The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 41, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the inside of the packaging bag.
[Appendix 43]
The packaging bag according to Appendix 42, wherein the two side flaps have an arcuate edge on the opening side.
[Appendix 44]
The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 41, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the outside of the packaging bag.
[Appendix 45]
The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 44, wherein the two side flaps are attached to the main surface portion in a state of being crushed in advance.
[Appendix 46]
It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions. However, it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
A sheet for a packaging bag, characterized in that it has a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
[III.付記]
以上の実施形態に関する付記を開示する。
〔付記1〕
中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記2〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記1に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記3〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記1または2に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記4〕
前記両面ダンボールは、Aフルート、BフルートまたはCフルートである
ことを特徴とする付記1~3の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記5〕
前記両面ダンボールはBフルートであり、
前記中芯の坪量が110[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記1~4の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記6〕
包装対象の物品を包む袋体として使用される
ことを特徴とする付記1~5の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記7〕
製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とする付記1~5の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記8〕
前記両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りである
ことを特徴とする付記1~7の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記9〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記10〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合した構造を有し連続する両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で
24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記11〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記10に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記12〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが200[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記10または11に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記13〕
中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で
24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記14〕
中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で
24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
包装対象の物品を包む袋体、または、製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記15〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記14に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記16〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記13~15の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記17〕
前記両面ダンボールは、Aフルート、BフルートまたはCフルートである
ことを特徴とする付記13~16の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記18〕
前記両面ダンボールはBフルートであり、
前記中芯の坪量が110[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記13~17の何れか1項に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記19〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、かつ、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記20〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合したダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
包装対象の物品を包む袋体、または、製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記21〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合した構造を有し連続する両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが200[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記22〕
中芯に対してライナを貼合した構造を有し連続する両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下であり、
包装対象の物品を包む袋体、または、製函システムでダンボール箱に組み立てられる製函用資材として使用される
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。
〔付記23〕
前記ライナの坪量が35[g/m2]以上であり、
前記中芯の坪量が45[g/m2]以上である
ことを特徴とする付記21または22に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記24〕
JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが200[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする付記22または付記22を引用する付記23に記載のダンボール材。
〔付記25〕
互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、
少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備え、
前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む
ことを特徴とする、包装袋。
〔付記26〕
第一の前記罫線は、前記フルートが延在する方向に対し垂直な方向に延設され、
第二の前記罫線および第三の前記罫線は、前記主面部の中央側で互いに交差する方向に延設される
ことを特徴とする、付記25記載の包装袋。
〔付記27〕
前記第二の罫線および前記第三の罫線は、前記主面部の各対角線に沿う方向に延設される
ことを特徴とする、付記26記載の包装袋。
〔付記28〕
複数の前記第一の罫線が、互いに平行に設けられている
ことを特徴とする、付記26又は27記載の包装袋。
〔付記29〕
前記フレキシブル罫線には、前記フルートが延在する方向に延びる罫線は含まれない
ことを特徴とする、付記25~28のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記30〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の内側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記25~29のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記31〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記開口側の縁部が円弧状である
ことを特徴とする、付記30記載の包装袋。
〔付記32〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の外側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記25~29のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記33〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、予め潰された状態で前記主面部に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記25~32のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記34〕
前記段ボールシートは、
前記中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面段ボールシートであり、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする、付記25~33のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記35〕
連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、
少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備え、
前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む
ことを特徴とする、包装袋用シート。
〔付記36〕
互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、
前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えた
ことを特徴とする、包装袋。
〔付記37〕
前記段ボールシートは、中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面段ボールシートであって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とする、付記36に記載の包装袋。
〔付記38〕
一方の前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップとはそれぞれ連接されており、
前記破断構造は、少なくとも一方の前記サイドフラップと前記主面部との境界線に沿って延設されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36又は37に記載の包装袋。
〔付記39〕
前記二つの主面部は互いに連接されており、
前記破断構造は、前記二つの主面部同士の境界線に沿って延設されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36又は37に記載の包装袋。
〔付記40〕
一方の前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップとはそれぞれ連接されており、
前記破断構造は、他方の前記主面部に貼付される前記二つのサイドフラップの少なくとも一方の端縁に沿う位置において前記二つの主面部および前記フラップに亘って延設されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36又は37に記載の包装袋。
〔付記41〕
前記破断構造は、前記切込部が円弧状に連なって構成された円弧部と、前記円弧部を構成する前記切込部と連続した前記切込部を含み一直線に延設された直線部と、を有する
ことを特徴とする、付記36~40のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記42〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の内側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36~41のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記43〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記開口側の縁部が円弧状である
ことを特徴とする、付記42記載の包装袋。
〔付記44〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、前記包装袋の外側を向く面に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36~41のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記45〕
前記二つのサイドフラップは、予め潰された状態で前記主面部に貼付されている
ことを特徴とする、付記36~44のいずれか1項に記載の包装袋。
〔付記46〕
連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、
前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えた
ことを特徴とする、包装袋用シート。 Although the above-mentioned
[III. Addendum]
The additional notes regarding the above embodiments will be disclosed.
[Appendix 1]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less.
[Appendix 2]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according to
[Appendix 3]
The corrugated cardboard material according to
[Appendix 4]
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 5]
The double-sided cardboard is a B flute,
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 6]
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 7]
The cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 8]
In the double-sided cardboard, a rectangular sheet is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction on a plane along the fold at each of the folds extending linearly along the first direction. The cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 9]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 10]
In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold. A bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less.
[Appendix 11]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according to
[Appendix 12]
The corrugated cardboard material according to
[Appendix 13]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 14]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A cardboard material that is used as a bag for wrapping an article to be packaged or as a box-making material that is assembled into a cardboard box by a box-making system.
[Appendix 15]
The corrugated cardboard material according to
[Appendix 16]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 17]
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 18]
The double-sided cardboard is a B flute,
The corrugated cardboard material according to any one of
[Appendix 19]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The basis weight of the liner is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 20]
It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses corrugated cardboard with a liner attached to the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A cardboard material that is used as a bag for wrapping an article to be packaged or as a box-making material that is assembled into a cardboard box by a box-making system.
[Appendix 21]
In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold. A bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a planar compressive strength of 200 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999.
[Appendix 22]
In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold. A bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
The basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less.
A cardboard material that is used as a bag for wrapping an article to be packaged or as a box-making material that is assembled into a cardboard box by a box-making system.
[Appendix 23]
The liner basis weight is 35 [g / m 2 ] or more, and the liner has a basis weight of 35 [g / m 2] or more.
The corrugated cardboard material according to Appendix 21 or 22, wherein the core has a basis weight of 45 [g / m 2] or more.
[Appendix 24]
Described in Appendix 22 or
[Appendix 25]
It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet. It is a formed packaging bag,
At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions. ,
The flexible ruled line is a packaging bag comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
[Appendix 26]
The first ruled line extends in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the flute extends.
25. The packaging bag according to
[Appendix 27]
The packaging bag according to Appendix 26, wherein the second ruled line and the third ruled line extend in a direction along each diagonal line of the main surface portion.
[Appendix 28]
The packaging bag according to Appendix 26 or 27, wherein a plurality of the first ruled lines are provided in parallel with each other.
[Appendix 29]
The packaging bag according to any one of
[Appendix 30]
The packaging bag according to any one of
[Appendix 31]
The packaging bag according to
[Appendix 32]
The packaging bag according to any one of
[Appendix 33]
The packaging bag according to any one of
[Appendix 34]
The corrugated cardboard sheet
A double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of the core.
The liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2 ] under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. ] Or less, and the packaging bag according to any one of
[Appendix 35]
It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions. However, it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions. ,
The flexible ruled line is a sheet for a packaging bag, comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other.
[Appendix 36]
It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet. It is a formed packaging bag,
A packaging bag characterized by having a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
[Appendix 37]
The corrugated cardboard sheet is a double-sided corrugated cardboard sheet in which liners are attached to both sides of the core.
The liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2 ] under pretreatment for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000. ] Or less, and the basis weight of the core is 150 [g / m 2 ] or less, the packaging bag according to Appendix 36.
[Appendix 38]
One of the main surface portions and each of the side flaps are connected to each other.
The packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37, wherein the fractured structure extends along a boundary line between at least one of the side flaps and the main surface portion.
[Appendix 39]
The two main surface parts are connected to each other and are connected to each other.
The packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37, wherein the fractured structure extends along a boundary line between the two main surface portions.
[Appendix 40]
One of the main surface portions and each of the side flaps are connected to each other.
The fractured structure is characterized in that it extends over the two main surface portions and the flaps at a position along at least one end edge of the two side flaps attached to the other main surface portion. , The packaging bag according to Appendix 36 or 37.
[Appendix 41]
The fracture structure includes an arc portion formed by connecting the cut portions in an arc shape and a straight portion extending in a straight line including the cut portion continuous with the notch portion constituting the arc portion. The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary Provisions 36 to 40, which comprises.
[Appendix 42]
The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 41, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the inside of the packaging bag.
[Appendix 43]
The packaging bag according to Appendix 42, wherein the two side flaps have an arcuate edge on the opening side.
[Appendix 44]
The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 41, wherein the two side flaps are attached to a surface facing the outside of the packaging bag.
[Appendix 45]
The packaging bag according to any one of Supplementary note 36 to 44, wherein the two side flaps are attached to the main surface portion in a state of being crushed in advance.
[Appendix 46]
It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions. However, it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
A sheet for a packaging bag, characterized in that it has a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
100 ダンボール材
110 段目(波目)
102 シート
100a 表ライナ
100b 裏ライナ
100c 中芯
120 シート対
121 第一シート
122 第二シート
123 第三シート
F 折目
L 補助線
L1 縦寸法(第一寸法)
L2 横寸法(第二寸法)
L3 高さ寸法(第三寸法)
1,1A,1B,1C,1D,1E,1F,1G,1H 包装袋
2 表面部(主面部)
3 裏面部(主面部)
4 サイドフラップ
4a 開口側の縁部
4b 裏面部側の縁部
5 フラップ
6 中芯
9,9A,9B,9C,9D,9E,9F,9G,9H 包装袋用シート
10,10A,10B,10C,10D,10H フレキシブル罫線
11,11′ 第一の罫線
12,12′ 第二の罫線
13,13′ 第三の罫線
14 第四の罫線
23,24,25 罫線(通常罫線)
30,30A,30B,30C,30D,30E 破断構造
31,31A,31B,31C,31D,31E 直線部
32,32A,32B,32C 円弧部
C 中心線
Df 目方向(中芯のフルートが延在する方向)
D1,D1′ 第一方向
D2,D2′ 第二方向
D3,D3′ 第三方向
100 cardboard material 110th step (wave)
102Sheet 100a Front liner 100b Back liner 100c Core 120 Sheet vs. 121 First sheet 122 Second sheet 123 Third sheet F Fold L Auxiliary line L1 Vertical dimension (first dimension)
L2 horizontal dimension (second dimension)
L3 height dimension (third dimension)
1,1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F, 1G,1H Packaging bag 2 Surface part (main surface part)
3 Back surface (main surface)
4Side flap 4a Open side edge 4b Back side edge 5 Flap 6 Core 9, 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D, 9E, 9F, 9G, 9H Packaging bag sheet 10, 10A, 10B, 10C, 10D, 10H Flexible ruled line 11,11'First ruled line 12,12' Second ruled line 13,13'Third ruled line 14 Fourth ruled line 23,24,25 Ruled line (normal ruled line)
30, 30A, 30B, 30C, 30D, 30E Breaking structure 31, 31A, 31B, 31C, 31D, 31E Straight line part 32, 32A, 32B, 32C Arc part C Center line Df direction (center flute extends direction)
D1, D1 ′ 1st direction D2, D2 ′ 2nd direction D3, D3 ′ 3rd direction
110 段目(波目)
102 シート
100a 表ライナ
100b 裏ライナ
100c 中芯
120 シート対
121 第一シート
122 第二シート
123 第三シート
F 折目
L 補助線
L1 縦寸法(第一寸法)
L2 横寸法(第二寸法)
L3 高さ寸法(第三寸法)
1,1A,1B,1C,1D,1E,1F,1G,1H 包装袋
2 表面部(主面部)
3 裏面部(主面部)
4 サイドフラップ
4a 開口側の縁部
4b 裏面部側の縁部
5 フラップ
6 中芯
9,9A,9B,9C,9D,9E,9F,9G,9H 包装袋用シート
10,10A,10B,10C,10D,10H フレキシブル罫線
11,11′ 第一の罫線
12,12′ 第二の罫線
13,13′ 第三の罫線
14 第四の罫線
23,24,25 罫線(通常罫線)
30,30A,30B,30C,30D,30E 破断構造
31,31A,31B,31C,31D,31E 直線部
32,32A,32B,32C 円弧部
C 中心線
Df 目方向(中芯のフルートが延在する方向)
D1,D1′ 第一方向
D2,D2′ 第二方向
D3,D3′ 第三方向
100 cardboard material 110th step (wave)
102
L2 horizontal dimension (second dimension)
L3 height dimension (third dimension)
1,1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F, 1G,
3 Back surface (main surface)
4
30, 30A, 30B, 30C, 30D,
D1, D1 ′ 1st direction D2, D2 ′ 2nd direction D3, D3 ′ 3rd direction
Claims (7)
- 中芯の両側に対してライナを貼合した両面ダンボールを用いたダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。 It is a corrugated cardboard material that uses double-sided corrugated cardboard with liners attached to both sides of the core.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less. - 中芯に対してライナを貼合した構造を有し連続する両面ダンボールにおいて矩形状のシートが第一方向に沿って直線状に延在する折目のそれぞれにおいて前記折目の沿う平面で前記第一方向に直交する第二方向へ折り返され、前記第一方向および前記第二方向の双方に直交する第三方向に沿って前記シートが積み重ねられた蛇腹折りのダンボール材であって、
JIS Z 0203:2000に準拠して温度23[℃]および湿度50[%]の温湿度条件で
24時間以上の前処理が施された状態において、
前記ライナの坪量が90[g/m2]以下であり、
前記中芯の坪量が150[g/m2]以下である
ことを特徴とするダンボール材。 In a continuous double-sided cardboard having a structure in which a liner is attached to a core, at each of the folds in which a rectangular sheet extends linearly along the first direction, the first is a plane along the fold. A bellows-folded cardboard material that is folded back in a second direction orthogonal to one direction and the sheets are stacked along a third direction orthogonal to both the first direction and the second direction.
In a state where pretreatment has been performed for 24 hours or more under temperature and humidity conditions of a temperature of 23 [° C.] and a humidity of 50 [%] in accordance with JIS Z 0203: 2000.
The liner basis weight is 90 [g / m 2 ] or less, and the liner has a basis weight of 90 [g / m 2] or less.
A corrugated cardboard material having a core basis weight of 150 [g / m 2] or less. - JIS Z 0403-1:1999に準拠して測定された平面圧縮強さが210[N]以上であり1000[N]以下である
ことを特徴とする請求項1または2に記載のダンボール材。 The corrugated cardboard material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the plane compressive strength measured in accordance with JIS Z 0403-1: 1999 is 210 [N] or more and 1000 [N] or less. - 互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、
少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備え、
前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む
ことを特徴とする、包装袋。 It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet. It is a formed packaging bag,
At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions. ,
The flexible ruled line is a packaging bag comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other. - 連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、
少なくとも一つの前記主面部において、前記主面部と各々の前記サイドフラップおよび
前記フラップとの各連設部および前記主面部同士の連設部に位置する通常罫線とは別に設けられたフレキシブル罫線を備え、
前記フレキシブル罫線は、前記段ボールシートの中芯のフルートが延在する方向とは異なる三方向であって互いに異なる方向に延びる三種類の罫線を含む
ことを特徴とする、包装袋用シート。 It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions. However, it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
At least one main surface portion includes a flexible ruled line provided separately from the normal ruled line located in each continuous portion between the main surface portion and each of the side flaps and the flaps and the continuous portion between the main surface portions. ,
The flexible ruled line is a sheet for a packaging bag, comprising three types of ruled lines extending in three directions different from the direction in which the flute of the core of the corrugated cardboard sheet extends and extending in different directions from each other. - 互いに対面する二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合する二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するフラップと、を具備するとともに段ボールシートで形成された包装袋であって、
前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えた
ことを特徴とする、包装袋。 It is provided with two main surface portions facing each other, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions, and is provided with a corrugated cardboard sheet. It is a formed packaging bag,
A packaging bag characterized by having a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended. - 連設された二つの主面部と、前記二つの主面部の側縁同士を接合するための二つのサイドフラップと、前記二つの主面部で形成される開口を封緘するためのフラップと、を具備し、段ボールシートからなる包装袋用シートであって、
前記段ボールシートを厚み方向に貫通した切込部が断続的に連なって線状に延設された開封用の破断構造を備えた
ことを特徴とする、包装袋用シート。
It is provided with two consecutive main surface portions, two side flaps for joining the side edges of the two main surface portions, and a flap for sealing the opening formed by the two main surface portions. However, it is a packaging bag sheet made of corrugated cardboard.
A sheet for a packaging bag, characterized in that it has a breaking structure for opening in which notches penetrating the corrugated cardboard sheet in the thickness direction are intermittently continuous and linearly extended.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019216609A JP6744474B1 (en) | 2019-11-29 | 2019-11-29 | Cardboard material |
JP2019-216609 | 2019-11-29 | ||
JP2019-234383 | 2019-12-25 | ||
JP2019234384A JP7375531B2 (en) | 2019-12-25 | 2019-12-25 | Packaging bags and sheets for packaging bags |
JP2019-234384 | 2019-12-25 | ||
JP2019234383A JP7380192B2 (en) | 2019-12-25 | 2019-12-25 | Packaging bags and sheets for packaging bags |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021107128A1 true WO2021107128A1 (en) | 2021-06-03 |
Family
ID=76129632
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2020/044325 WO2021107128A1 (en) | 2019-11-29 | 2020-11-27 | Cardboard material, packaging bag and packaging-bag sheet |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2021107128A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS5439223U (en) * | 1977-08-23 | 1979-03-15 | ||
JPS6435841U (en) * | 1987-08-28 | 1989-03-03 | ||
JPH0445233U (en) * | 1990-08-21 | 1992-04-16 | ||
JP2006143221A (en) * | 2004-11-16 | 2006-06-08 | Oji Paper Co Ltd | Corrugated board sheet for glass slip sheet |
WO2017208845A1 (en) * | 2016-06-01 | 2017-12-07 | 株式会社TanaーX | Method and device for folding long double-sided cardboard |
-
2020
- 2020-11-27 WO PCT/JP2020/044325 patent/WO2021107128A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS5439223U (en) * | 1977-08-23 | 1979-03-15 | ||
JPS6435841U (en) * | 1987-08-28 | 1989-03-03 | ||
JPH0445233U (en) * | 1990-08-21 | 1992-04-16 | ||
JP2006143221A (en) * | 2004-11-16 | 2006-06-08 | Oji Paper Co Ltd | Corrugated board sheet for glass slip sheet |
WO2017208845A1 (en) * | 2016-06-01 | 2017-12-07 | 株式会社TanaーX | Method and device for folding long double-sided cardboard |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP2828172B1 (en) | Packaging construction and methods for manufacturing said packaging construction | |
JP6510820B2 (en) | Paper products containing cartons and cartons containing cardboard boxes | |
JP6684425B1 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard box using the same | |
WO2021107128A1 (en) | Cardboard material, packaging bag and packaging-bag sheet | |
JP6504790B2 (en) | Paper products containing cartons and cartons containing cardboard boxes | |
JP6744474B1 (en) | Cardboard material | |
JP6697613B1 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard box using the same | |
JP2021084712A (en) | Cardboard material | |
JP2021084435A (en) | Cardboard material | |
JP2023020432A (en) | toilet roll package | |
JP6684878B2 (en) | Carton with paper products | |
WO2021070966A1 (en) | Cardboard material, cardboard box using same, box making material, box making article, and joining method | |
JP6697614B1 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard box using the same | |
JP6697615B1 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard box using the same | |
JP6870773B2 (en) | Cardboard material | |
JP6825673B1 (en) | Cardboard material | |
JP3729367B2 (en) | Corrugated cardboard box for light-sensitive material and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP6697617B1 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard box using the same | |
JP6697616B1 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard box using the same | |
JP6813115B2 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard boxes using it | |
JP6813116B2 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard boxes using it | |
JP6813112B2 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard boxes using it | |
JP6813113B2 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard boxes using it | |
JP6702495B1 (en) | Cardboard material and cardboard box using the same | |
JP7375531B2 (en) | Packaging bags and sheets for packaging bags |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20894155 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20894155 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |